FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Digital Camera

HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Digital Camera FUJIAPN - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free HYBRIDEX-1T5 FUJIAPN in PDF.

📄 432 pages English EN 💬 AI Question
Notice FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - page 30
View the manual : Français FR English EN

User questions about HYBRIDEX-1T5 FUJIAPN

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

L'email reste privé : il sert seulement à vous prévenir si quelqu'un répond à votre question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Digital Camera in PDF format for free! Find your manual HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FUJIAPN and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. HYBRIDEX-1T5 by FUJIAPN.

USER MANUAL HYBRIDEX-1T5 FUJIAPN

Thank you for your purchase of this product. Be sure that you have read this manual and understood its contents before using the camera. Keep the manual where it will be read by all who use the product.

For the Latest Information

The latest versions of the manuals are available from:

https://fujifilm-dsc.com/en/manual/

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - For the Latest Information - 1

The website can be accessed not only from your computer but also from smartphones and tablets. It also contains information on the software license.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - For the Latest Information - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - For the Latest Information - 3

For information on firmware updates, visit:

https://fujifilm-x.com/support/download/firmware/c cameras/

1 Before You Begin
2 First Steps 33
3 Basic Photography and Playback 51
4 Movie Recording and Playback 61
5 Taking Photographs 71
6 The Shooting Menu 117
7Playback and the Playback Menu 219
8 Network/USB Features and Settings 247
9 The Setup Menu 271
10 Shortcuts 311
11 Peripherals and Optional Accessories 333
12 Technical Notes 355

Camera menu options are listed below.

Shooting Menus

Adjust settings when shooting photos or movies.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Shooting Menus - 1

See page 117 for details.

Photo Menu

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Photo Menu - 1

Items marked with both and icons are available in both the still photography and movie shooting menus. Changes to these items in either menu also apply to the item in the remaining menu.

14IMAGE QUALITY SETTING
IMAGE SIZE :118
IMAGE QUALITY :119
RAW RECORDING :120
SELECT JPEG/HEIF :121
FILM SIMULATION :122
MONOCHROMATIC COLOR :124
GRAIN EFFECT :124
COLOR CHROME EFFECT :125
24COLOR CHROME FX BLUE :125
SMOOTH SKIN EFFECT :125
WHITE BALANCE :126
DYNAMIC RANGE :130
D RANGE PRIORITY :130
TONE CURVE :131
COLOR :131
SHARPNESS :131
IMAGE QUALITY SETTING
3/4HIGH ISO NR
CLARITY
LONG EXPOSURE NR
LENS MODULATION OPTIMIZER
COLOR SPACE
PIXEL MAPPING
SELECT CUSTOM SETTING
EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING
4/4AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING
MOUNT ADAPTOR SETTING
AF/MF SETTING
1/3FOCUS AREA:143
AF MODE:143
AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS:144
STORE AF MODE BY ORIENTATION:148
AF POINT DISPLAY[ ]:148
WRAP FOCUS POINT:148
NUMBER OF FOCUS POINTS:149
PRE-AF:149
2/3AF ILLUMINATOR:150
FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING:151
SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING:153
AF+MF:155
MF ASSIST:156
FOCUS CHECK:156
INTERLOCK SPOT AE & FOCUS AREA:157
INSTANT AF SETTING:157
3/3DEPTH-OF-FIELD SCALE:157
RELEASE/FOCUS PRIORITY:158
AF RANGE LIMITER:159
TOUCH SCREEN MODE:160
SHOOTING SETTING
1/3DRIVE SETTING :162
SPORTS FINDER MODE :167
PRE-SHOT ES :168
SELF-TIMER :168
SAVE SELF-TIMER SETTING :169
SELF-TIMER LAMP :169
PHOTOMETRY :169
SHUTTER TYPE :170
2/3INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING :171
INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING :172
EXPOSURE SMOOTHING :172
INTERVAL PRIORITY MODE :173
FLICKER REDUCTION :173
FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING :174
IS MODE :174
ISO AUTO SETTING :175
DIGITAL TELE-CONV. :175
3/5MULTI EXPOSURE :176
PIXEL SHIFT MULTI SHOT :177
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION :179
FLASH SETTING
FLASH FUNCTION SETTING180
RED EYE REMOVAL180
TTL-LOCK MODE181
LED LIGHT SETTING181
COMMANDER SETTING182
CH SETTING182
MOVIE SETTING
MOVIE MODE183
HIGH SPEED REC183
MEDIA REC SETTING183
IS MODE184
IS MODE BOOST184
AUDIO SETTING184
REC FRAME INDICATOR186

Movie Menus

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Movie Menus - 1

Items marked with both and icons are available in both the still photography and movie shooting menus. Changes to these items in either menu also apply to the item in the remaining menu.

MOVIE SETTING
1/3MOVIE SETTING LIST
MOVIE MODE
HIGH SPEED REC
SELF-TIMER
MEDIA REC SETTING
HDMI OUTPUT SETTING
FIX MOVIE CROP MAGNIFICATION
F-Log/HLG RECORDING
2/3DATA LEVEL SETTING
PHOTOMETRY
FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING
IS MODE
IS MODE BOOST
ZEBRA SETTING
ZEBRA LEVEL
MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL
3/3REC FRAME INDICATOR
TALLY LIGHT
SELECT CUSTOM SETTING
EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING
AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
12IMAGE QUALITY SETTING
1/2FILM SIMULATION201
MONOCHROMATIC COLOR201
WHITE BALANCE202
DYNAMIC RANGE202
TONE CURVE202
COLOR202
SHARPNESS203
HIGH ISO NR203
2/2INTERFRAME NR203
PERIPHERAL LIGHT CORRECTION204
MOUNT ADAPTOR SETTING204
AF/MF SETTING
1/2FOCUS AREA;205
AF MODE;205
AF-C CUSTOM SETTING;206
WRAP FOCUS POINT;206
AF ILLUMINATOR;207
FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING;207
SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING;207
AF+MF;207
2/2MF ASSIST;208
FOCUS CHECK;208
INSTANT AF SETTING;208
DEPTH-OF-FIELD SCALE;209
AF RANGE LIMITER;209
TOUCH SCREEN MODE;210
FOCUS CHECK LOCK;212
AUDIO SETTING
INTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT213
EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT213
MIC JACK SETTING214
MIC LEVEL LIMITER214
WIND FILTER214
LOW CUT FILTER214
HEADPHONES VOLUME214
XLR MIC ADAPTER SETTING215
TIME CODE SETTING
TIME CODE DISPLAY216
START TIME SETTING216
COUNT UP SETTING217
DROP FRAME217
HDMI TIME CODE OUTPUT218

ThePlaybackMenu

Adjust playback settings.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - ThePlaybackMenu - 1

See page 225 for details.

PLAY BACK MENU
SWITCH SLOT225
RAW CONVERSION226
HEIF TO JPEG/TIFF CONVERSION229
ERASE230
SIMULTANEOUS DELETE232
CROP232
RESIZE233
PROTECT234
PLAY BACK MENU
2/3IMAGE ROTATE :235
VOICE MEMO SETTING :236
RATING :237
COPY :238
TRANSFER IMAGE TO SMARTPHONE :239
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION :241
SLIDE SHOW :241
PHOTOBOOK ASSIST :242
3/3PRINT ORDER (DPOF) :244
instax PRINTER PRINT :245
DISP ASPECT :246

Setup Menu

Adjust basic camera settings.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Setup Menu - 1

See page 271 for details.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Setup Menu - 2

USER SETTING

FORMAT 272

AREA SETTING 273

DATE/TIME 273

TIME DIFFERENCE 274

言語/LANG. :275

MY MENU SETTING 275

MY MENU SETTING 275

SENSOR CLEANING 276

BATTERY AGE 276

RESET 277

REGULATORY 277

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - USER SETTING - 1

SOUND SETTING

AF BEEP VOL. 278

SELF-TIMER BEEP VOL. 278

OPERATION VOL. 279

REC START/STOP VOLUME 279

MSEF ELECTRONIC SHUTTERT VOLUME 279

MSEF ELECTRONIC SHUTTERTOUND 280

ES ELECTRONIC SHUTTERT VOLUME :280

ES ELECTRONIC SHUTTER SOUND :280

PLAYBACKVOLUME 281

4ch AUDIO PLAYBACK 281

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SOUND SETTING - 1

SCREEN SETTING

1/4VIEW MODE SETTING:282
EVF BRIGHTNESS:282
EVF COLOR:282
EVF COLOR ADJUSTMENT:283
LCD BRIGHTNESS:284
LCD COLOR:284
LCD COLOR ADJUSTMENT:284
IMAGE DISP.:285
2/4AUTOROTATE DISPLAYS:285
PREVIEW EXP./WB IN MANUAL MODE:286
NATURAL LIVE VIEW:286
F-Log VIEW ASSIST:287
ELECTRONIC LEVEL SETTING:287
FRAMING GUIDELINE:288
AUTOROTATE PB:289
FOCUS SCALE UNITS:289
3/4APERTURE UNIT FOR CINEMA LENS:289
DUAL DISPLAY SETTING:290
DISP. CUSTOM SETTING:290
LARGE INDICATORS MODE(EVF):291
LARGE INDICATORS MODE(LCD):291
LARGE INDICATORS DISP. SETTING:292
INFORMATION CONTRAST ADJ.:292
LOCATION INFO:293
4/4Q MENU BACKGROUND:293
Q MENU BACKGROUND:293
BUTTON/DIAL SETTING
1/3FOCUS LEVER SETTING
EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU
EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU
FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING
POWER ZOOM LENS FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING
SELECTOR BUTTON SETTING
COMMAND DIAL SETTING
S.S OPERATION
2/3COMMAND DIAL DIRECTION
SHUTTER AF
SHUTTER AE
SHOOT WITHOUT LENS
SHOOT WITHOUT CARD
LENS ZOOM/FOCUS SETTING
AE/AF-LOCK MODE
AWB-LOCK MODE
3/3APERTURE RING SETTING (A)
APERTURE SETTING
Fn1 BUTTON SETTING
TOUCH SCREEN SETTING
LOCK
POWER MANAGEMENT
AUTO POWER OFF306
PERFORMANCE306
EVF/LCD BOOST SETTING307
AUTO POWER OFF TEMP.307
SAVE DATA SETTING
FRAME NO.308
EDIT FILE NAME309
CARD SLOT SETTING309
SELECT SLOT(SEQUENTIAL)309
SELECT FOLDER310
COPYRIGHT INFO310
GEOTAGGING310

The Network/USB Settings Menu

Adjust settings for network and USB connections.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Network/USB Settings Menu - 1

See page 264 for details.

NETWORK/USB SETTING
Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING264
AIRPLANE MODE267
NETWORK SETTING267
instax PRINTER CONNECTION SETTING267
CONNECTION MODE268
USB POWER SUPPLY/ COMM SETTING270
INFORMATION270
RESET WIRELESS SETTING270

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Network/USB Settings Menu - 2

Table of Contents

Introduction.

For the Latest Information..

Shooting Menus. iv
The Playback Menu.
Setup Menus ix
The Network/USB Settings Menu.

Supplied Accessories . xxv

About This Manual. xxvi

Symbols and Conventions . xxvi
Terminology . xxvi

Before You Begin 1

Parts of the Camera 2

The Serial Number Plate 4
The Focus Stick (Focus Lever) 4
The Selector. 4
The Shutter Speed and Sensitivity Dials. 5

STILL/MOVIE mode dial. 5

The Exposure Compensation Dial. 6
The Drive Dial 6
The Command Dials. 7
The Indicator Lamp. 9
The LCD Monitor 10
The Eye Cup. 11
Focusing the Viewfinder 11

Camera Displays 12

The Electronic Viewfinder 12
The LCD Monitor 14
Choosing a Display Mode 16
Adjusting Display Brightness 18
Display Rotation. 18
The DISP/BACK Button 19
The Dual Display 20

Customizing the Standard Display 21
Virtual Horizon 23

Using the Menu 24

The Menu. 24
Selecting a Menu Tab. 25

Touch Screen Mode 26

Shooting Touch Controls 26
Playback Touch Controls 31

2 First Steps 33

Attaching the Strap 34
Attaching a Lens 35
Inserting the Battery 36
Inserting Memory Cards 38

Using Two Cards 40
Compatible Memory Cards 41

Charging the Battery 42
Turning the Camera On and Off 46
Checking the Battery Level. 47
Basic Setup 48

Choosing a Different Language 50
Changing the Time and Date 50

Basic Photography and Playback 51

Taking Photographs (Mode P) 52
Viewing Pictures 56

HDMI Output 57

Deleting Pictures 59

4 Movie Recording andPlayback 61

Recording Movies 62
Recording Movies 62
Adjusting Movie Settings 68
Viewing Movies 69

Taking Photographs

71

P, S, A, and M Modes. 72

Mode P: Program AE 72
Mode S:Shutter-Priority AE. 74
Mode A: Aperture-Priority AE 78
Mode M: Manual Exposure 80

Autofocus. 82

Focus Mode 83
Autofocus Options (AF Mode) 85
Focus-Point Selection. 87

Manual Focus. 91
Checking Focus 93
Sensitivity. 96
AUTO 97
Metering 98
Exposure Compensation 99

C (Custom) 100

Focus/Exposure Lock. 101
Other Controls 102

Bracketing. 103

AE BKT. 103
ISO ISO BKT 103
FILMSIMULATION BKT. 104
WB WHITE BALANCE BKT 104
DRDYNAMIC RANGE BKT. 104
FOCUS FOCUS BKT. 104

Continuous Shooting (Burst Mode) 105

HDR 107
Advanced Filters. 109

Advanced Filter Options 110

Panoramas 111
Multiple Exposures 114

6 The Shooting Menu

117

IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Still Photography) 118

IMAGE SIZE 118

IMAGE QUALITY 119

RAW RECORDING 120

SELECT JPEG/HEIF 121

FILMSIMULATION 122

MONOCHROMATIC COLOR. 124

GRAIN EFFECT 124

COLOR CHROME EFFECT 125

COLOR CHROME FX BLUE 125

SMOOTH SKIN EFFECT 125

WHITE BALANCE 126

DYNAMIC RANGE 130

D RANGE PRIORITY 130

TONE CURVE. 131

COLOR 131

SHARPNESS 131

HIGH ISO NR. 132

CLARITY 132

LONG EXPOSURE NR. 132

EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING 134

AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING. 139

MOUNT ADAPTOR SETTING 140

AF/MF SETTING (Still Photography) 143

FOCUS AREA 143

AF MODE 143

AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS. 144

STORE AF MODE BY ORIENTATION 148

AF POINT DISPLAY 148

WRAP FOCUS POINT 148

NUMBER OF FOCUS POINTS 149

PRE-AF. 149
AFILLUMINATOR 150
FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING 151
SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING 153
AF+MF 155
MF ASSIST 156
FOCUS CHECK. 156
INTERLOCK SPOT AE & FOCUS AREA 157
INSTANT AF SETTING 157
DEPTH-OF-FIELD SCALE 157
RELEASE/FOCUS PRIORITY 158
AF RANGE LIMITER 159
TOUCH SCREEN MODE 160

SHOOTING SETTING (Still Photography) 162

DRIVE SETTING 162
SPORTS FINDER MODE 167
PRE-SHOT ES 168
SELF-TIMER. 168
SAVE SELF-TIMER SETTING 169
SELF-TIMER LAMP. 169
PHOTOMETRY 169
SHUTTERTYPE 170
INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING 171
INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING EXPOSURE SMOOTHING. 172
INTERVAL PRIORITY MODE 173
FLICKER REDUCTION 173
FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING 174
IS MODE 174
ISO AUTO SETTING 175
DIGITAL TELE-CONV. 175
MULTI EXPOSURE 176
PIXEL SHIFT MULTI SHOT 177
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION. 179

FLASH SETTING (Still Photography) 180

FLASH FUNCTION SETTING 180
RED EYE REMOVAL 180

TTL-LOCK MODE 181
LED LIGHT SETTING 181
COMMANDER SETTING 182
CH SETTING 182

MOVIE SETTING (Still Photography) 183

MOVIE MODE 183
HIGH SPEED REC. 183
MEDIA REC SETTING 183
IS MODE 184
IS MODE BOOST. 184
AUDIO SETTING 184
REC FRAME INDICATOR. 186

MOVIE SETTING (Movie Recording) 187

MOVIE SETTING LIST. 187
MOVIE MODE. 188
HIGH SPEED REC. 189
SELF-TIMER. 190
MEDIA REC SETTING. 190
HDMI OUTPUT SETTING. 192
FIX MOVIE CROP MAGNIFICATION 193
F-Log/HLG RECORDING 194
DATA LEVEL SETTING 195
PHOTOMETRY 195
FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING 195
IS MODE 196
IS MODE BOOST. 196
ZEBRA SETTING 197
ZEBRA LEVEL 197
MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL 198
REC FRAME INDICATOR. 198
TALLY LIGHT 199
SELECT CUSTOM SETTING 200
EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING 200
AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING 200
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION 200

IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Movie Recording) 201

FILMSIMULATION 201
MONOCHROMATIC COLOR 201
WHITE BALANCE 202
DYNAMIC RANGE 202
TONE CURVE 202
COLOR 202
SHARPNESS 203
HIGH ISO NR. 203
INTERFRAME NR. 203
PERIPHERAL LIGHT CORRECTION 204
MOUNT ADAPTOR SETTING 204

AF/MF SETTING (Movie Recording) 205

FOCUS AREA 205
AF MODE. 205
AF-C CUSTOM SETTING 206
WRAP FOCUS POINT 206
AFILLUMINATOR 207
FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING 207
SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING 207
AF+MF 207
MF ASSIST 208
FOCUS CHECK. 208
INSTANT AF SETTING 208
DEPTH-OF-FIELD SCALE 209
AF RANGE LIMITER 209
TOUCH SCREEN MODE 210
FOCUS CHECK LOCK 212

AUDIO SETTING (Movie Recording) 213

INTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT 213
EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT 213
MIC JACK SETTING 214
MIC LEVEL LIMITER 214
WIND FILTER 214
LOW CUT FILTER. 214
HEADPHONES VOLUME 214
XLR MIC ADAPTER SETTING 215

TIME CODE SETTING (Movie Recording) 216

TIME CODE DISPLAY 216
START TIME SETTING 216
COUNT UP SETTING. 217
DROP FRAME 217
HDMI TIME CODE OUTPUT 218

7Playback and the Playback Menu 219

ThePlaybackDisplay 220

The DISP/BACK Button 221

Viewing Pictures 223

Playback Zoom 224
Multi-FramePlayback 224

ThePlayback Menu 225

SWITCH SLOT 225
RAWCONVERSION 226
HEIF TO JPEG/TIFF CONVERSION 229
ERASE 230
SIMULTANEOUS DELETE 232
CROP 232
RESIZE 233
PROTECT 234
IMAGE ROTATE 235
VOICE MEMO SETTING. 236
RATING 237
COPY 238
TRANSFER IMAGE TO SMARTPHONE 239
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION 241
SLIDE SHOW 241
PHOTOBOOK ASSIST 242
PRINT ORDER (DPOF) 244
instax PRINTER PRINT 245
DISP ASPECT 246

Network/USB Features and Settings 247

Overview 248

Supported Features. 248

Connecting to Smartphones (Bluetooth) 249

Installing Smartphone Apps 249
Connecting to a Smartphone 249
Using the Smartphone App 251

Connecting to Smartphones (USB) 252

Copying Pictures to a Smartphone 252
Connecting the Camera and Computer 255

Using the Camera as a Webcam 257

instax SHARE Printers 258

Establishing a Connection 258
Printing Pictures 259

Tethered Photography 260

Tethered Photography via USB. 260
Tethered Photography via Wireless LAN 261

RAW Processing 262
Saving and Loading Settings 263

Saving and Loading Settings Using a Computer 263

Network/USB Setting Menus 264

Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING 264
AIRPLANE MODE 267
NETWORK SETTING 267
instax PRINTER CONNECTION SETTING. 267
CONNECTION MODE 268
USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING 270
INFORMATION 270
RESET WIRELESS SETTING 270

9 The Setup Menus 271

USER SETTING 272

FORMAT 272
AREA SETTING 273
DATE/TIME 273
TIME DIFFERENCE 274
言語/LANG. 275
MY MENU SETTING. 275
MY MENU SETTING 275

SENSOR CLEANING 276
BATTERY AGE 276
RESET 277
REGULATORY 277

SOUND SETTING. 278

AF BEEP VOL. 278
SELF-TIMER BEEP VOL. 278
OPERATION VOL. 279

REC START/STOP VOLUME 279
MSEF ELECTRONIC SHUTTERTVOLUME 279
MSEF ELECTRONIC SHUTTER SOUND 280
ES ELECTRONIC SHUTTER VOLUME 280
ES ELECTRONIC SHUTTER SOUND 280
PLAYBACKVOLUME 281
4ch AUDIOPLAYBACK. 281

SCREEN SETTING 282

VIEW MODE SETTING 282
EVF BRIGHTNESS 282
EVF COLOR 282
EVF COLOR ADJUSTMENT 283
LCD BRIGHTNESS 284
LCD COLOR 284
LCD COLOR ADJUSTMENT 284
IMAGE DISP. 285
AUTOROTATE DISPLAYS 285
PREVIEW EXP./WB IN MANUAL MODE 286
NATURAL LIVE VIEW 286
F-Log VIEW ASSIST 287
ELECTRONIC LEVEL SETTING 287
FRAMINGGUIDELINE 288
AUTOROTATE PB. 289
FOCUS SCALE UNITS 289
APERTURE UNIT FOR CINEMA LENS 289
DUAL DISPLAY SETTING 290
DISP.CUSTOM SETTING 290

LARGE INDICATORS MODE(EVF) 291
LARGE INDICATORS MODE(LCD) 291
LARGE INDICATORS DISP. SETTING 292
INFORMATION CONTRAST ADJ. 292
LOCATION INFO 293
Q MENU BACKGROUND 293
Q MENU BACKGROUND 293

BUTTON/DIAL SETTING 294

FOCUS LEVER SETTING 294
EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU 295
EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU 295

FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING 295
POWER ZOOM LENS FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING 295
SELECTOR BUTTON SETTING 295
COMMAND DIAL SETTING 296
S.S OPERATION 297
COMMAND DIAL DIRECTION 297
SHUTTER AF. 298
SHUTTER AE. 298
SHOOT WITHOUT LENS 299
SHOOT WITHOUT CARD. 299
LENS ZOOM/FOCUS SETTING 300
AE/AF-LOCK MODE 302
AWB-LOCK MODE 302
APERTURE RING SETTING (A) 303
APERTURE SETTING 303
Fn1 BUTTON SETTING 303
TOUCH SCREEN SETTING 304
LOCK 305

POWER MANAGEMENT 306

AUTO POWER OFF 306
PERFORMANCE 306
EVF/LCD BOOST SETTING 307
AUTO POWER OFF TEMP. 307

SAVE DATA SETTING 308

FRAME NO. 308
EDITFILENAME 309
CARD SLOT SETTING 309
SELECT SLOT(Sequential) 309
SELECT FOLDER 310
COPYRIGHT INFO 310
GEOTAGGING 310

10Shortcuts 311

Shortcut Options. 312
MY MENU 313

MY MENU SETTING 313

The Quick Menu 315

The Quick Menu Display 315
Viewing and Changing Settings 317
Editing the Quick Menu 318

Function Controls. 321

The Function Buttons 321
Touch-Function Gestures 326
Lens Function Buttons 329

11 Peripherals and Optional Accessories 333

Lenses 334

Lens Parts 334
Lens Care 335
Removing Lens Caps 335
Attaching Lens Hoods 336
Lenses with Aperture Rings 337
Lenses with No Aperture Rings 338
Lenses with O.I.S. Switches 338
Manual Focus Lenses 339
Power Zoom Lenses 340

External Flash Units 341

Flash Settings 342
EF-X8 343
SYNC TERMINAL 345
SHOE MOUNT FLASH 346
COMMANDER(OPTICAL) 349

Handgrips 353

Technical Notes

355

Accessories from Fujifilm 356

Software for Use with Your Camera 359

Smartphone Apps 359
RAWFILECONVERTEREXpoweredbySILKYPIX. 359
Capture One Express for Fujifilm 360
Capture One for Fujifilm 360
FUJIFILM Tether Shooting Plug-in (Exclusively for Lightroom)..... 360
FUJIFLMXAcquire 361
FUJIFLM X RAW STUDIO 361
FUJIFILM Pixel Shift Combiner 361

For Your Safety 362

Product Care 373

Cleaning the Image Sensor 374

Firmware Updates. 375

Checking the Firmware Version 375

Troubleshooting 376

Warning Messages and Displays 389

Memory Card Capacity 394

Specifications 395

Supplied Accessories

The following are included with the camera:

  • NP-W235 rechargeable battery

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Supplied Accessories - 1

For reasons of safety, the battery is not charged at shipment. The camera will not function if the battery is not charged; be sure to charge the battery before use (图42).

  • AC-5VJ AC power adapter
  • Plug adapter
  • USB cable (approx. 0.6m / 2 ft.)
  • Body cap (comes attached to camera)
    Shoulder strap
  • Hot shoe cover (comes attached to hot shoe)
  • Sync terminal cap (comes attached to camera)
  • Headphone adapter
    Basic Manual

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Supplied Accessories - 2

  • If you purchased a lens kit, check that a lens is included.
  • The plug adapter supplied varies with the country or region.
  • The headphone adapter converts the USB Type-C connector to a 3.5 mm headphone jack.
  • For information on compatible computer software, see "Software for Use with Your Camera" (359).

About This Manual

This manual contains instructions for your FUJIFILM X-T5 digital camera. Be sure you have read and understood its contents before proceeding.

Symbols and Conventions

The following symbols are used in this manual:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Symbols and Conventions - 1

Information that should be read to prevent damage to the product.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Symbols and Conventions - 2

Additional information that may be helpful when using the product.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Symbols and Conventions - 3

Pages on which related information may be found.

Menu and other text in the displays are shown in bold. Illustrations are for explanatory purposes only; drawings may be simplified, while photographs are not necessarily taken with the model of camera described in this manual.

Terminology

The optional SD, SDHC, and SDXC memory cards the camera uses to store pictures are referred to as "memory cards". The electronic viewfinder may be referred to as the "EVF" and the LCD monitor as the "LCD". Smartphones and tablets are referred to as "smartphones".

Before You Begin

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Before You Begin - 1

① Fn1 button 321
② Exposure compensation dial. 6, 99
③ Shutter button. 55
④.Shutter speed dial 5,72,74,78,80
(5) Dial lock release. 5
⑥ Hot shoe 342
⑦ Microphone. 62
⑧ Diopter adjustment control (lockable)
Sensitivity dial. 5, 96
10 Drive dial.. 6
⑪ Strap clip. 34
(12) Connector cover
⑬ Sync terminal 345
(14) Focus mode selector. 83
(15) Lens signal contacts

16 Lens release button 35
(17) Fn2 button 321
18 AF-assist illuminator. 150
Self-timer lamp. 168
Tally light 199
19 STILL/MOVIE mode dial. 5,62,72
20 Front command dial. 7, 296
(21) ON/OFF switch 46
(22) Hot shoe cover. 342
23 Body cap. 35
24 Microphone jack (03.5 mm) 67
Remote release connector (ø2.5 mm)
26 USB connector (Type-C) 42
27 HDMI Micro connector (Type D) 57
(28) Speaker 69, 281

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Before You Begin - 2

(29) 而 (delete) button. 59
(30) (playback) button. 56
31 Electronic viewfinder (EVF) 12, 16, 18, 26
32 Eye cup (lockable) 11
33 VIEW MODE button. 16
34 AFON button. 102, 321
35 Rear command dial. 7, 223, 296
36 Q (quick menu) button. 315
37 Indicator lamp. 9, 199 Tally light. 199
38 AEL (exposure lock) button 102, 321
39 Focus stick (focus lever). 4, 87, 294
40 Memory card slot cover latch. 38
(41) Memory card slot cover 38

42 Selector buttons. 4
(43) MENU/OK button. 24
4 Battery-chamber cover latch 36
(45) Battery-chamber cover. 36
46DISP(display)/BACK button. 19,221

④ Tripod mount
48 LCD monitor. 10, 14, 16

Touch screen 26, 160, 210

49 Eye sensor. 16
(50) Memory card slot 2. 38
(51) Memory card slot 1. 38
(52) Battery chamber. 36
(53) Battery latch. 37
54 Serial number plate. 4

The Serial Number Plate

Do not remove the serial number plate, which provides the CMIIT ID, serial number, and other important information.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Serial Number Plate - 1
Serial number plate

The Focus Stick (Focus Lever)

Tilt or press the focus stick to select the focus area. The focus stick can also be used to navigate the menus.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Focus Stick (Focus Lever) - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Focus Stick (Focus Lever) - 2

To choose the role played by the focus stick, press and hold the center of the stick or use 2 BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FOCUS LEVER SETTING.

The Selector

Press the selector up, right, down, or left to highlight items. The up, right, down, and left buttons also double as function buttons Fn3 through Fn6 (295, 321).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Selector - 1

The Shutter Speed and Sensitivity Dials

Press the dial lock release to release the dial before rotating it to the desired setting. Press the release again to lock the dial in place.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Shutter Speed and Sensitivity Dials - 1
Shutter speed

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Shutter Speed and Sensitivity Dials - 2
Sensitivity

STILL/MOVIEmode dial

Rotate the STILL/MOVIE mode dial to STILL to take photos and to MOVIE to record movies.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - STILL/MOVIEmode dial - 1

The Exposure Compensation Dial

Rotate the dial to choose an exposure compensation amount.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Exposure Compensation Dial - 1

The Drive Dial

Rotate the dial to choose from the following the drive modes.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Drive Dial - 1

Mode
Panorama111
ADV. Advanced filter109
BKT Bracketing103
CH High-speed burst105
Mode
CLLow-speed burst105
SSingle frame52
HDR107

The Command Dials

Rotate or press the command dials to:

Front command dialRear command dial
Rotate·Select menu tabs or page through menus ·Adjust aperture1,2 ·Adjust exposure compensation2,5 ·Adjust sensitivity2,3 ·View other pictures during playback·Highlight menu items ·Choose the desired combination of shutter speed and aperture (program shift) ·Choose a shutter speed2 ·Adjust settings in the quick menu ·Choose the size of the focus frame ·Zoom in or out in full frame play-back ·Zoom in or out in multi-frame playback
Press·Switch back and forth between aperture and sensitivity2,3,6 ·Press and hold to choose the option selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > COMMAND/DIAL SETTING in the (setup) menu·Perform the function assigned to the DIAL function button ·Zoom in on the active focus point4 ·Press and hold to choose the manual focus mode focus display4 ·Zoom in on the active focus point during playback

1 Lens not equipped with aperture ring; lens equipped with aperture ring and aperture set to A (auto) and COMMAND selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > APERTURE RING SETTING (A); or ON selected for MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL
2 Can be changed using 2 BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > COMMAND DIAL SETTING.
3 Sensitivity dial rotated to C or ON selected for MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL

4 Available only if FOCUS CHECK is assigned to a function button.
5 Exposure compensation dial rotated to C or ON selected for MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL
6 Can be used to switch back and forth between aperture, sensitivity, and exposure compensation when exposure compensation dial is rotated to C or ON is selected for MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Command Dials - 1

The rotation direction for the command dials can be selected using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > COMMAND DIAL DIRECTION.

The Indicator Lamp

Camera status is shown by the indicator lamp.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Indicator Lamp - 1

Indicator lampCamera status
Glows greenFocus locked.
Blinks greenFocus or slow shutter speed warning. Pictures can be taken.
Blinks green and orange• Camera on: Recording pictures, or picture displayed for confirmation after being taken with option other than OFF selected for SCREEN SET-UP > IMAGE DISP. (additional pictures can be taken). • Camera off: Uploading pictures to a smartphone or tablet.*
Glows orangeRecording pictures. No additional pictures can be taken at this time.
Blinks orangeFlash charging; flash will not fire when picture is taken.
Blinks redLens or memory error.
  • Displayed only if pictures are selected for upload.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Indicator Lamp - 2

-Warnings may also appear in the display.
- The indicator lamp remains off while your eye is to the viewfinder.
- The Movie SETTING > TALLY LIGHT option can be used to choose the lamp (indicator or AF-assist) that lights during movie recording and whether the lamp blinks or remains steady.
- The indicator lamp blinks green whenever the displays are off during interval-timer photography.

The LCD Monitor

The LCD monitor can be tilted for easier viewing, but be careful not to touch the wires or trap fingers or other objects behind the monitor. Touching the wires could cause camera malfunction.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The LCD Monitor - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The LCD Monitor - 2

The LCD monitor also functions as a touch screen that can be used for:

  • Touch photography (图27)
    Focus area selection (图26)
  • Function selection (图29)
  • Movie optimized control (图28)
    -Playback(31)

"Tall" (Portrait) Orientation

The display can also be tilted to take pictures from high or low angles when the camera is rotated to take pictures in "tall" (portrait) orientation.

  • Press the tilt lock release and tilt the display as shown in Figure 1.
  • To take high-angle shots, hold the camera in the orientation shown in Figure 2.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - "Tall" (Portrait) Orientation - 1
Figure 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - "Tall" (Portrait) Orientation - 2
Figure 2

The Eye Cup

To remove the eye cup, hold the buttons on either side and slide eye cup up.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Eye Cup - 1

Focusing the Viewfinder

If the indicators displayed in the viewfinder are blurred, put your eye to the viewfinder and rotate the diopter adjustment control until the display is in sharp focus.

To focus the viewfinder:

① Lift the diopter adjustment control.
② Rotate the control to adjust viewfinder focus.
(3) Return the control to its original position and lock it in place.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focusing the Viewfinder - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focusing the Viewfinder - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focusing the Viewfinder - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focusing the Viewfinder - 4

Lift the control before use. Failure to observe this precaution could cause product malfunction.

Camera Displays

This section lists the indicators that may be displayed during shooting.

For illustrative purposes, displays are shown with all indicators lit.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Camera Displays - 1
The Electronic Viewfinder

① Crop factor. 193
(2) IS mode2 174
③ Flash(TTL)mode 346
(4) Flash compensation 346
(5) Movie compression 191
(6) Digital teleconverter 175
7 Self-timer indicator. 168, 190
8 Continuous mode 105
9Shutter type. 170
10 AF+MF indicator 155
⑪ Bluetooth ON/OFF
12 White balance. 126
13 AWB lock 302
(14) Film simulation 122
(15) F-Log/HLG recording 194
16 Dynamic range 130
17 D-range priority 130
18 Image transfer status. 249, 264
19 Movie mode 62, 188
20 High-speed recording indicator 189
21 Recording time available/ elapsed recording time. 62
22 Card slot options. 40, 309
23 Number of available frames 394
24 Image size 118
25 File format. 191
26 Image quality. 119
27 HEIF format 121
28 Date and time. 48, 50, 273
29 Touch screen mode 26, 160

30 Temperature warning 39, 393
31 Control lock 305
32 Boost mode 307
33 Power supply. 44
34 Histogram 22
35 Battery level. 47
Sensitivity. 96
③ 7 Exposure compensation.99
38 Aperture. 73, 78, 80
39 Distance indicator 93
(40)Shutter speed. 73,74,80
(41) TTL lock. 181, 325
42 AE lock. 102, 302
(43) Metering. 98
44 Shooting mode. 72
45 Focus mode 83
46 Focus indicator 84
47 Manual focus indicator 83, 91
48 AFlock. 102,302
49 Time code 216
(50) Microphone input channel. 186, 215
(51) Recording level2 213
(52) Exposure indicator. 80, 99
(53) Virtual horizon. 23
(54) Focus frame. 87, 101
(55) Bluetooth host. 249
56 Location data download status. 310
57 Depth-of-field preview. 79, 93
(58) Focus check. 94, 156

1 Shows "9999" if there is space for over 9999 frames.
2 Not displayed when ON is selected for SCREEN SET-UP > LARGE INDICATORS MODE(EVF).
3 Displayed when controls have been locked by pressing and holding the MENU/OK button. Control lock can be ended by pressing and holding the MENU/OK button again.

The LCD Monitor

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The LCD Monitor - 1

① Crop factor. 193
(2) Location data download status. 310
③ Focus check. 94, 156
(4) Depth-of-field preview. 79, 93
(5) Image transfer status 249, 264
⑥ Movie compression. 191
⑦ Digital teleconverter 175
8 Bluetooth ON/OFF
9 Bluetooth host 249
10 Movie mode 62, 188
(1) High-speed recording indicator 189
(12) Focus frame 87, 101
(13) Recording time available/ elapsed recording time. 62
14 Date and time. 48, 50, 273
15 Card slot options. 40, 309
16 Number of available frames 394
17 Image size 118
18 File format 191
19 Image quality. 119
20 HEIF format 121
21 Touch screen mode3 26, 160
22 AWB lock 302
23 White balance. 126
(24) Film simulation 122
25 F-Log/HLG recording 194
26 Dynamic range 130
27 D-range priority 130
28 Movie optimized control3 28
29 Virtual horizon. 23
30 Boost mode 307

31 Touch zoom3 30
32 Temperature warning 39, 393
33 Control lock 305
34 Battery level. 47
35 Power supply. 44
36 Sensitivity. 96
37 Histogram 22
38 Exposure compensation. 99
39 Distance indicator2. 93
40 Aperture. 73, 78, 80
(41) Time code. 216
42 Shutter speed. 73, 74, 80
43TTL lock. 181,325
44 AE lock. 102,302
45 Metering. 98
46 Shooting mode. 72
47 Focus mode 83
48 Focus indicator2. 84
49 Manual focus indicator 83, 91
50 AF lock. 102,302
(51) Microphone input channel. 186, 215
52 AF+MF indicator 155
53Shutter type. 170
54 Recording level2 213
(55) Continuous mode 105
56 Self-timer indicator. 168, 190
57 Exposure indicator. 80, 99
58 Flash (TTL) mode 346
59 Flash compensation 346
60 ISmode2 174

1 Shows "9999" if there is space for over 9999 frames.
2 Not displayed when ON is selected for SCREEN SET-UP > LARGE INDICATORS MODE(LCD).
3 Camera functions can also be accessed via touch controls.
4 Displayed when controls have been locked by pressing and holding the MENU/OK button. Control lock can be ended by pressing and holding the MENU/OK button again.

Choosing a Display Mode

Press the VIEW MODE button to cycle through the following display modes. You can choose separate display modes for shooting and playback.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Choosing a Display Mode - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Choosing a Display Mode - 2

Use SCREEN SET-UP > VIEW MODE SETTING in the setup menu to choose a display mode for the EVF and LCD monitor.

SHOOTING

OptionDescription
EYE SENSORPutting your eye to the viewfinder turns the viewfinder on and the LCD monitor off; taking your eye away turns the viewfinder off and LCD monitor on.
LCD ONLYLCD monitor on, viewfinder off.
EVF ONLYViewfinder on, LCD monitor off.
EVF ONLY + SCONPutting your eye to the viewfinder turns the viewfinder on; taking it away turns the viewfinder off. The LCD monitor remains off.
EYE SENSOR + LCD IMAGE DISP.Putting your eye to the viewfinder during shooting turns the viewfinder on, but the LCD monitor is used for the display of images once you remove your eye from the viewfinder after shooting. The options selected for SCREEN SET-UP > IMAGE DISP. apply to display in the LCD monitor.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Choosing a Display Mode - 3

Go to 2 SCREEN SET-UP > VIEW MODE SETTING in the setup menu and press the Q button to choose the view modes available.

PLAYBACK

OptionDescription
EYE SENSORPutting your eye to the viewfinder turns the viewfinder on and the LCD monitor off; taking your eye away turns the viewfinder off and LCD monitor on.
LCD ONLYLCD monitor on, viewfinder off.
EVF ONLYViewfinder on, LCD monitor off.

The Eye Sensor

The eye sensor may respond to objects other than your eye or to light shining directly on the sensor.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Eye Sensor - 1
Eye sensor

Adjusting Display Brightness

The brightness and saturation of the viewfinder and LCD monitor can be adjusted using the items in the 2 SCREEN SET-UP menu. Choose EVF BRIGHTNESS or EVF COLOR to adjust viewfinder brightness or saturation, LCD BRIGHTNESS or LCD COLOR to do the same for the LCD monitor.

Display Rotation

When ON is selected for SCREEN SET-UP > AUTOROTATE DISPLAYS, the indicators in the viewfinder and LCD monitor automatically rotate to match camera orientation.

The DISP/BACK Button

The DISP/BACK button controls the display of indicators in the viewfinder and LCD monitor.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The DISP/BACK Button - 1

Indicators for the EVF and LCD must be selected separately. To choose the EVF display, place your eye to the viewfinder while using the DISP/BACK button.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The DISP/BACK Button - 2

Viewfinder

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 1
Full screen

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 3
Standard indicators

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 6
Dual display
(manual focus mode only)

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 7
Standard indicators

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 8

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 9

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 10
No indicators

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 11

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 12
Dual display
manual focus mode only)

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 13

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewfinder - 14
Info display

The Dual Display

The dual display consists of a large full-frame window and a smaller close-up of the focus area.

Customizing the Standard Display

To choose the items shown in the standard indicator display:

1 Display standard indicators.

Use the DISP/BACK button to display standard indicators.

2 Select DISP.CUSTOM SETTING.

Select 2 SCREEN SET-UP > DISP. CUSTOM SETTING in the setup menu.

3 Choose items.

Highlight items and press MENU/OK to select or deselect.

ItemDefault
FRAMING GUIDELINE
FOCUS FRAME
FOCUS INDICATOR
AF DISTANCE INDICATOR
MF DISTANCE INDICATOR
HISTOGRAM
LIVE VIEW HIGHLIGHT ALERT
SHOOTING MODE
APERTURE/S-SPEED/ISO
INFORMATION BACKGROUND
Expo. Comp. (Digit)
Expo. Comp. (Scale)
FOCUS MODE
PHOTOMETRY
SHUTTERTYPE
FLASH
CONTINUOUS MODE
ItemDefault
DUAL IS MODE
TOUCH SCREEN MODE
WHITE BALANCE
FILM SIMULATION
DYNAMIC RANGE
BOOST MODE
FRAMES REMAINING
IMAGE SIZE/QUALITY
MOVIE MODE & REC. TIME
DIGITAL TELE-CONV.
COMMUNICATION STATUS
MIC LEVEL
GUIDANCEMESSAGE
NO MEMORY CARD WARNING
DATE/TIME
BATTERY LEVEL
FRAMING OUTLINE

4 Press DISP/BACK to save changes.
5 Press DISP/BACK as needed to exit the menus and return to the shooting display.

Framing Outline

Enable FRAMING OUTLINE to make the borders of the frame easier to see against dark backgrounds.

Histograms

Histograms show the distribution of tones in the image. Brightness is shown by the horizontal axis, the number of pixels by the vertical axis.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Histograms - 1

  • Optimal exposure: Pixels are distributed in an even curve throughout the tone range.
    Overexposed: Pixels are clustered on the right side of the graph.
  • Underexposed: Pixels are clustered on the left side of the graph.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Histograms - 2

To view separate RGB histograms and a display showing areas of the frame that will be overexposed at current settings superimposed on the view through the lens, press the function button to which HISTOGRAM is assigned (295, 321).

① Overexposed areas blink
② RGB histograms

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Histograms - 3

Virtual Horizon

Check whether the camera is level. The display type can be chosen using SCREEN SET-UP > ELECTRONIC LEVEL SETTING. Use the virtual horizon to level the camera when mounting it on a tripod or the like.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Virtual Horizon - 1
2D

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Virtual Horizon - 2
3D

  • OFF: The virtual horizon is not displayed.
  • 2D: A white line shows the amount the camera is tilted left or right. The line turns green when the camera is level. The line may vanish if the camera is tilted forward or back.
  • 3D: The display shows whether the camera is tilted left or right and forward or back.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Virtual Horizon - 3

ELECTRONIC LEVEL SWITCH can be assigned to a function button and the button then used to switch between the 2D and 3D displays.

Using the Menus

To display the menus, press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using the Menus - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using the Menus - 2

The Menu

Different menus are displayed during still photography, movie recording, and playback.

ShootingSTILL/MOVIE mode dial rotated to STILLI.Q. 1/3 IMAGE QUALITY SETTING 1/4 IFR IMAGE SIZE IMAGE QUALITY RAW RECORDING SELECT JPEG/HEIF FILM SIMULATION MONOCHROMATIC COLOR GRAIN EFFECT COLOR CHROME EFFECT OK EXIT
STILL/MOVIE mode dial rotated to STILLI.Q. 1/3 IMAGE SETTING 1/3 IFR MOVEMENT LIST MOVEMENT MODE HIGH SPEED REC SELF-TIMER MEDIA REC SETTING HDMI OUTPUT SETTING FIX MOVEMENT CROP MAGNIFICATION F-LogHLG RECORDING OK EXIT
STILL/MOVIE mode dial rotated to MOVIEI.Q. 1/3 IMAGE SETTING 1/3 IFR MOVEMENT LIST MOVEMENT MODE HIGH SPEED REC SELF-TIMER MEDIA REC SETTING HDMI OUTPUT SETTING FIX MOVEMENT CROP MAGNIFICATION F-LogHLG RECORDING OK EXIT
PlaybackDuring playbackI.Q. 1/3 IMAGE BACK MENU 1/3 IFR SWITCH SLOT RAW CONVERSION HEIF TO JPEG/TIFF CONVERSION ERASE SIMULTANEOUS DELETE CROP RESIZE PROTECT OK EXIT

Selecting a Menu Tab

To navigate the menus:

1 Press MENU/OK to display the menus.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Selecting a Menu Tab - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Selecting a Menu Tab - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Selecting a Menu Tab - 3

2 Press the selector left to highlight the tab for the current menu.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Selecting a Menu Tab - 4

3 Press the selector up or down to highlight the tab containing the desired item.
4 Press the selector right to place the cursor in the menu.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Selecting a Menu Tab - 5

Use the front command dial to select menu tabs or page through menus and the rear command dial to highlight menu items.

Touch Screen Mode

The LCD monitor also functions as a touch screen.

Shooting Touch Controls

To enable touch controls, select ON for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Shooting Touch Controls - 1

EVF

The LCD monitor can be used to select the focus area while pictures are being framed in the electronic viewfinder (EVF). Use BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING > EVF TOUCH SCREEN AREA SETTINGS to choose the area of the monitor employed for touch controls.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - EVF - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - EVF - 2

  • When FACE DETECTION ON is selected for AF/MF SETTING >FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING, you can choose the face used for focus.
  • You can choose the type of subject on which the camera preferentially focuses when SUBJECT DETECTION ON is selected for AF/MF SETTING > SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING.

LCD Monitor

The operation performed can be selected by tapping the touch screen mode indicator in the display. Touch controls can be used for the following operations:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LCD Monitor - 1

ModeDescription
SHOTTOUCHSHOOTINGTap your subject in the display to focus and release the shutter. In burst mode, pictures will be taken while you keep your finger on the display.
AF AFIn focus mode S (AF-S), the camera focuses when you tap your subject in the display. Focus locks at the current distance until you tap the AF OFF icon. In focus mode C (AF-C), the camera initiates focus when you tap your subject display. The camera will continue to adjust focus for changes in the distance to the subject until you tap the AF OFF icon. In manual focus mode (MF), you can tap the display to focus on the selected subject using autofocus.
AF OFFAreaTap to select a point for focus or zoom. The focus frame will move to the selected point.
OFFTouch screen mode off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LCD Monitor - 2

  • The behavior of the touch screen varies with the AF mode.
  • Different touch controls are used during focus zoom (图161).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LCD Monitor - 3

  • To disable touch controls and hide the touch screen mode indicator, select OFF for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING.
  • Touch control settings can be adjusted using AF/MF SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN MODE. For information on the touch controls available during movie recording, see "Movie Recording (TOUCH SCREEN MODE; 210)".

MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL

Selecting ON for MOVIE SETTING > MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL or tapping the movie-optimized mode button in the shooting display optimizes the command dials and touch controls for movie recording. This can be used to prevent camera sounds being recorded with movie footage.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL - 1

  • SHUTTERTPEED
    APERTURE
    EXPOSURE COMPENSATION
    ISO
  • INTERNAL MIC LEVEL
  • ADJUSTMENT/EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT

WIND FILTER
HEADPHONES VOLUME
FILMSimulation
WHITE BALANCE
IS MODE
IS MODE BOOST

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL - 2

  • Enabling movie-optimized controls disables the aperture ring and the shutter-speed, sensitivity, and exposure compensation dials.
  • When movie-optimized control is enabled, the movie-optimized mode button can be used to change shooting settings or disable movie-optimized control.

Touch Function

Functions can be assigned to the following flick gestures in much the same way as function buttons (321):

  • Flickrup: T-Fn1
  • Flickr left: T-Fn2
  • Flickright:T-Fn3
  • Flick down: T-Fn4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch Function - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch Function - 2

  • In some cases, touch-function flick gestures display a menu; tap to select the desired option.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch Function - 3

  • Touch-function gestures are disabled by default. To enable touch-function gestures, select ON for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING > FIM TOUCH FUNCTION.

Touch Zoom

If the lens supports touch zoom, you can zoom in and out by touching the display. Tap the touch zoom button in the display to enable touch zoom.

Touch zoom is controlled using the buttons in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch Zoom - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch Zoom - 2

ButtonDescription
Touch zoomEnable touch zoom.
Zoom inZoom in or out. Touch and hold to zoom in or out at a constant speed.
Zoom out
Rocker switchThe camera zooms in or out at a speed corresponding to the position of the rocker switch.
× DisableDisable touch zoom.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch Zoom - 3

The rate at which the camera zooms in and out in response to the T and W buttons can be selected using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > LENS ZOOM/FOCUS SETTING > CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (Fn).

Playback Touch Controls

When ON is selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING, touch controls can be used for the following playback operations:

  • Swipe: Swipe a finger across the display to view other images.
  • Pinch-out: Place two fingers on the display and spread them apart to zoom in.
  • Pinch-in: Place two fingers on the display and slide them together to zoom out.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback Touch Controls - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback Touch Controls - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback Touch Controls - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback Touch Controls - 4

Pictures can be zoomed out until the entire image is visible but no further.

  • Double-tap: Tap the display twice to zoom in on the focus point.
  • Drag: View other areas of the image during playback zoom.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback Touch Controls - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback Touch Controls - 6

MEMO

First Steps

Attaching the Strap

Attach the strap.

Attach the strap to the two strap clips as shown below.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Attaching the Strap - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Attaching the Strap - 2

To avoid dropping the camera, be sure the strap is correctly secured.

Attaching a Lens

The camera can be used with lenses for the FUJIFILM X-mount.

Remove the body cap from the camera and the rear cap from the lens. Place the lens on mount, keeping the marks on the lens and camera aligned (①), and then rotate the lens until it clicks into place (②).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Attaching a Lens - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Attaching a Lens - 2

  • When attaching lenses, ensure that dust or other foreign matter does not enter the camera.
  • Be careful not to touch the camera's internal parts.
  • Rotate the lens until it clicks securely into place.
  • Do not press the lens release button while attaching the lens.

Removing Lenses

To remove the lens, turn the camera off, then press the lens release button (1) and rotate the lens as shown (2).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Removing Lenses - 1

To prevent dust accumulating on the lens or inside the camera, replace the lens caps and camera body cap when the lens is not attached.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Removing Lenses - 2

Lenses and Other Optional Accessories

The camera can be used with lenses and accessories for the FUJIFILM X-mount.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lenses and Other Optional Accessories - 1

Observe the following precautions when attaching or removing (exchanging) lenses.

  • Check that the lenses are free of dust and other foreign matter.
  • Do not change lenses in direct sunlight or under another bright light source. Light focused into the interior of the camera could cause it to malfunction.
  • Attach the lens caps before exchanging lenses.
  • See the manual provided with the lens for information on use.

Inserting the Battery

Insert the battery in the camera as described below.

1 Open the battery-chamber cover.

Slide the battery-chamber cover latch as shown and open the battery-chamber cover.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Open the battery-chamber cover. - 1

  • Do not open the battery-chamber cover when the camera is on. Failure to observe this precaution could damage image files or memory cards.
  • Do not use excessive force when handling the battery-chamber cover.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Open the battery-chamber cover. - 2
1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Open the battery-chamber cover. - 3
2

2 Insert the battery as shown.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Insert the battery as shown. - 1

  • Insert the battery in the orientation shown. Do not use force or attempt to insert the battery upside down or backwards.
  • Confirm that the battery is securely latched.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Insert the battery as shown. - 2

3 Close the battery-chamber cover. Close and latch the cover.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Close the battery-chamber cover. Close and latch the cover. - 1

If the cover does not close, check that the battery is in the correct orientation. Do not attempt to force the cover shut.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Close the battery-chamber cover. Close and latch the cover. - 2

Removing the Battery

Before removing the battery, turn the camera off and open the battery-chamber cover.

To remove the battery, press the battery latch to the side, and slide the battery out of the camera as shown.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Removing the Battery - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Removing the Battery - 2

The battery may become hot when used in high-temperature environments. Observe caution when removing the battery.

Inserting Memory Cards

Pictures are stored on memory cards (sold separately).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Inserting Memory Cards - 1

The camera can be used with two cards, one in each of its two slots.

1 Open the memory card slot cover.

Unlatch and open the cover.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Open the memory card slot cover. - 1

Do not turn the camera off or remove the memory card while the memory card is being formatted or data are being recorded to or deleted from the card. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the card.

2 Insert the memory card.

Holding the card in the orientation shown, slide it in until it clicks into place at the back of the slot. Close and latch the memory card slot cover.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Insert the memory card. - 1

Be sure card is in the correct orientation; do not insert at an angle or use force.

-Removing Memory Cards

Turn the camera off and open the memory card slot cover. Eject the card by pressing it in with a finger and then slowly releasing it; the card can then be removed by hand.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - -Removing Memory Cards - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - -Removing Memory Cards - 2

  • Press the center of the card.
  • Suddenly removing your finger from the card could cause the card to fall from the slot. Remove your finger slowly.
  • If the camera displays a ! icon, the memory card may be hot to the touch. Wait for the card to cool before removing it.

Using Two Cards

The camera can be used with two cards, one in each of its two slots. At default settings, photos are saved to the card in the second slot only when the card in the first slot is full. This can be changed using SAVE DATA SET-UP > CARD SLOT SETTING.

OptionDescriptionDisplay
SEQUENTIAL (default)The card in the second slot is used only when the card in the first slot is full. If the second slot is selected for SAVE DATA SET-UP > SELECT SLOT(SEQUENTIAL), recording will start on the card in the second slot and switch to the first slot when the card in the second slot is full.12
BACKUPEach picture is recorded twice, once to each card.12
SEPARATERAW pictures are recorded to the card in the first slot and JPEG or HEIF pictures to the card in the second slot. This setting takes effect only when FINE + RAW or NORMAL + RAW is selected for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > IMAGE QUALITY.12 RAW+JPEG 12 R H RAW+HEIF

The card used to store movies can be selected using Movie SETTING > MEDIA REC SETTING.

Compatible Memory Cards

  • The camera can be used with SD, SDHC, and SDXC memory cards. Both the UHS-I and UHS-II bus interfaces are supported.
    UHS-II cards are recommended for high-speed burst photography.
  • The types of memory cards suitable for movie recording vary with the settings selected (图68).
  • A list of supported memory cards is available on the Fujifilm website. For details, visit:

https://fujifilm-x.com/support/compatibility/camera/.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Compatible Memory Cards - 1

  • Do not turn the camera off or remove the memory card while the memory card is being formatted or data are being recorded to or deleted from the card. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the card.

  • Memory cards can be locked, making it impossible to format the card or to record or delete images. Before inserting a memory card, slide the write-protect switch to the unlocked position.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Compatible Memory Cards - 2

  • Memory cards are small and can be swallowed; keep out of reach of children. If a child swallows a memory card, seek medical assistance immediately.
  • miniSD or microSD adapters that are larger or smaller than memory cards may not eject normally; if the card does not eject, take the camera to an authorized service representative. Do not forcibly remove the card.
  • Do not affix labels or other objects to memory cards. Peeling labels can cause camera malfunction.
  • Movie recording may be interrupted with some types of memory card.
  • Formatting a memory card in the camera creates a folder in which pictures are stored. Do not rename or delete this folder or use a computer or other device to edit, delete, or rename image files. Always use the camera to delete pictures; before editing or renaming files, copy them to a computer and edit or rename the copies, not the originals. Renaming the files on the camera can cause problems during playback.

Charging the Battery

For reasons of safety, the battery is not charged at shipment. The camera will not function if the battery is not charged; be sure to charge the battery before use. Before charging the battery, turn the camera off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charging the Battery - 1

  • An NP-W235 rechargeable battery is supplied with the camera.
  • Charging takes about 180 minutes.

1 Attach the plug adapter to the AC power adapter.

Attach the plug adapter as shown, making sure that it is fully inserted and clicks into place on the AC power adapter terminals.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Attach the plug adapter to the AC power adapter. - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Attach the plug adapter to the AC power adapter. - 2

  • The supplied plug adapter is for use exclusively with the AC-5VJ AC power adapter. Do not use it with other devices.
  • The shape of the plug adapter varies with the country of sale.

2 Charge the battery.

Connect the camera to the supplied AC power adapter using the supplied USB cable. Then plug the AC power adapter into an indoor power outlet.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charge the battery. - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charge the battery. - 2

  • Connect the cable to the camera's USB connector (Type-C).
  • Be sure the connectors are fully inserted.

Charge Status

The indicator lamp shows battery charge status as follows:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charge Status - 1

Indicator lampBattery status
OnBattery charging
OffCharging complete
BlinksCharging error

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charge Status - 2

  • The supplied AC power adapter is compatible with power supplies of 100 to 240V (a plug adapter may be needed for overseas use).
  • Do not use the AC power adapter or USB cable with other devices, as this could cause malfunction.
  • Do not affix labels or other objects to the battery. Failure to observe this precaution could make it impossible to remove the battery from the camera.
  • Do not short the battery terminals. The battery could overheat.
  • Read the cautions in "The Battery and Power Supply".
  • Use only genuine Fujifilm rechargeable batteries designated for use in this camera. Failure to observe this precaution could result in product malfunction.
  • Do not remove the labels from the battery or attempt to split or peel the outer casing.
  • The battery gradually loses its charge when not in use. Charge the battery one or two days before use.
  • If the battery fails to hold a charge, it has reached the end of its charging life and must be replaced.
  • Unplug the AC power adapter from the power outlet when it is not in use.
  • If the battery is left for long periods without charging, you may find that its quality degrades or that it no longer holds a charge. Charge the battery regularly.
  • Remove dirt from the battery terminals with a clean, dry cloth. Failure to observe this precaution could prevent the battery from charging.
    Note that charging times increase at low or high temperatures.
  • Selecting ON for Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING > Bluetooth ON/OFF in the network/USB settings menu increases the drain on the battery.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charge Status - 3

  • If the camera is turned on during charging, charging will end and the USB connection will instead be used to power the camera. The battery level will begin to gradually decline (图270).
  • The camera will display a "power supply" icon when powered via USB.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charge Status - 4

Charging via Computer

The camera can be charged via USB. USB charging is available with computers with a manufacturer-approved operating system and USB interface.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charging via Computer - 1
Leave the computer on during charging.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Charging via Computer - 2

The battery will not charge while the camera is on.
- Connect the supplied USB cable.
- Connect the camera directly to the computer; do not use a USB hub or keyboard.
- Charging stops if the computer enters sleep mode. To resume charging, activate the computer and disconnect and reconnect the USB cable.
- Charging may not be supported depending on the model of computer, computer settings, and the computer's current state.
- The battery takes about 600 minutes to charge with a charging input of 5 ~V / 500 ~mA .

Turning the Camera On and Off

Use the ON/OFF switch to turn the camera on and off.

Slide the switch to ON to turn the camera on, or to OFF to turn the camera off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Turning the Camera On and Off - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Turning the Camera On and Off - 2

Fingerprints and other marks on the lens or viewfinder can affect pictures or the view through the viewfinder. Keep the lens and viewfinder clean.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Turning the Camera On and Off - 3

  • Pressing the button during shooting starts playback.
  • Press the shutter button halfway to return to shooting mode.
  • The camera will turn off automatically if no operations are performed for the length of time selected for POWER MANAGEMENT > AUTO POWER OFF. To reactivate the camera after it has turned off automatically, press the shutter button halfway or turn the ON/OFF switch to OFF and then back to ON.

Checking the Battery Level

After turning the camera on, check the battery level in the display.

Battery level is shown as follows:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking the Battery Level - 1

IndicatorDescription
□□□Battery partially discharged.
□□□Battery about 80% full.
□□□Battery about 60% full.
□□□Battery about 40% full.
□□Battery about 20% full.
□□(red)Low battery. Charge as soon as possible.
□□(blinks red)Battery exhausted. Turn camera off and recharge battery.

Basic Setup

When you turn the camera on for the first time, you can choose a language and set the camera clock. Follow the steps below when turning the camera on for the first time.

1 Turn the camera on.

A language-selection dialog will be displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Basic Setup - 1

2 Choose a language.

Highlight a language and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Basic Setup - 2

3 Choose a time zone.

When prompted, choose a time zone and turn daylight savings time on or off using the selector, then highlight SET and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Basic Setup - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Basic Setup - 4

To skip this step, press DISP/BACK.

4 Set the clock.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Set the clock. - 1

5 View information on the smartphone app.

  • The camera will display a QR code you can scan with your smartphone to open a website where you can download the smartphone app.
  • Press MENU/OK to exit to the shooting display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - View information on the smartphone app. - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - View information on the smartphone app. - 2

Use the smartphone app to download pictures from the camera or control the camera remotely (图249).

6 Format the memory card (272).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Format the memory card (272). - 1

Format memory cards before first use, and be sure to reformat all memory cards after using them in a computer or other device.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Format the memory card (272). - 2

If the battery is removed for an extended period, the camera clock will be reset and the language-selection dialog will be displayed when the camera is turned on.

Choosing a Different Language

To change the language:

1 Display language options. Select USER SETTING > 語語/LANG..
2 Choose a language. Highlight the desired option and press MENU/OK.

Changing the Time and Date

To set the camera clock:

1 Display DATE/TIME options. Select 工 USER SETTING > DATE/TIME.
2 Set the clock. Press the selector left or right to highlight the year, month, day, hour, or minute and press up or down to change. Press MENU/OK to set the clock.

Basic Photography andPlayback

Taking Photographs (Mode P)

This section describes how to take pictures using program AE (mode P). See pages 72-81 for information on S, A, and M modes.

1 Rotate the STILL/MOVIE mode dial to STILL.
2 Slide the lens aperture mode switch to A.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 2

3 Rotate the shutter speed dial to A.

To use the shutter speed dial, press the dial lock release and rotate the dial to the desired setting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 3

P will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 4

4 Rotate the drive dial to S.
5 Rotate the sensitivity dial to A.
6 Rotate the focus mode selector to S.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 6

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 7

7 Ready the camera.

  • Hold the camera steady with both hands and brace your elbows against your sides. Shaking or unsteady hands can blur your shots.
  • To prevent pictures that are out of focus or too dark (underexposed), keep your fingers and other objects away from the lens and AF-assist illuminator.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 8

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Taking Photographs (Mode P) - 9

8 Frame the picture.

-Lenses with Zoom Rings

Use the zoom ring to frame the picture in the display. Rotate the ring left to zoom out, right to zoom in.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - -Lenses with Zoom Rings - 1

9 Focus.

Press the shutter button halfway to set focus and exposure.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus. - 1

  • If the camera is able to focus, the focus frame and focus indicator will glow green.
  • If the camera is unable to focus, the focus frame will turn red, !AF will be displayed, and the focus indicator will blink white.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus. - 2

  • If the subject is poorly lit, the AF-assist illuminator may light to assist the focus operation.
  • Focus and exposure will lock when the shutter button is pressed halfway. Focus and exposure remain locked while the button is kept in this position (AF/AE lock).
  • The camera will focus on subjects at any distance in the macro and standard focus ranges for the lens.

10 Shoot.

Smoothly press the shutter button the rest of the way down to take the picture.

Viewing Pictures

Pictures can be viewed in the viewfinder or LCD monitor.

To view pictures full frame, press

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 1

Additional pictures can be viewed by pressing the selector left or right or rotating the front command dial. Press the selector or rotate the dial right to view pictures in the order recorded, left to view pictures in reverse order. Keep the selector pressed to scroll rapidly to the desired frame.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 2

Pictures taken using other cameras are marked with a ("gift image") icon to warn that they may not display correctly and that playback zoom may not be available.

Two Memory Cards

If two memory cards are inserted, you can press and hold the button to choose a card for playback. You can also select a card using the PLAY BACK MENU > SWITCH SLOT option.

HDMI Output

Camera shooting and playback displays can be output to HDMI devices.

Connecting to HDMI Devices

Connect the camera to TVs or other HDMI devices using a third-party HDMI cable.

1 Turn the camera off.
2 Connect the cable as shown below.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting to HDMI Devices - 1

3 Configure the device for HDMI input as described in the documentation supplied with the device.
4 Turn the camera on. The contents of the camera display will be shown on the HDMI device. The camera display turns off in playback mode (图58).

Making sure the connectors are fully inserted.
- Use an HDMI cable no more than 1.5m (4.9 ft.) long.

Shooting

Display live view or movie footage on a TV or save it to an external recorder that supports HDMI input.

Playback

To start playback, press the camera button. The camera monitor turns off and pictures and movies are output to the HDMI device. Note that the camera volume controls have no effect on sounds played on the TV; use the television volume controls to adjust the volume.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback - 1

Some televisions may briefly display a black screen when movie playback begins.

Deleting Pictures

Use the button to delete pictures.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Deleting Pictures - 1

Deleted pictures cannot be recovered. Protect important pictures or copy them to a computer or other storage device before proceeding.

1 With a picture displayed full frame, press the button and select FRAME.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Deleting Pictures - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Deleting Pictures - 3

2 Press the selector left or right to scroll through pictures and press MENU/OK to delete (a confirmation dialog is not displayed). Repeat to delete additional pictures.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Deleting Pictures - 4

  • Protected pictures cannot be deleted. Remove protection from any pictures you wish to delete (图234).
  • Pictures can also be deleted from the menus using the 2 PLAY BACK MENU > ERASE option (图 230).

MEMO

Movie Recording andPlayback

Recording Movies

Record movies with sound.

Recording Movies

Movies can be recorded by pressing the shutter button when the STILL/MOVIE mode dial is rotated to MOVIE or by pressing a function button to which MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE is assigned.

The STILL/MOVIE Mode Dial (MOVIE)

For access to a full range of camera settings when filming movies, rotate the STILL/MOVIE mode dial to MOVIE and record movies by pressing the shutter button.

1 Rotate the STILL/MOVIE mode dial to MOVIE.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The STILL/MOVIE Mode Dial (MOVIE) - 1

2 Slide the lens aperture mode switch to A.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The STILL/MOVIE Mode Dial (MOVIE) - 2

3 Rotate the shutter speed dial to A.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The STILL/MOVIE Mode Dial (MOVIE) - 3

AUTO will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The STILL/MOVIE Mode Dial (MOVIE) - 4

4 Rotate the sensitivity dial to A.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The STILL/MOVIE Mode Dial (MOVIE) - 5

5 Rotate the focus mode selector to C.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The STILL/MOVIE Mode Dial (MOVIE) - 6

To use the shutter speed and sensitivity dials, press the dial lock release and rotate the dial to the desired setting.
These settings can also be adjusted using touch controls (28).

6 Press the shutter button all the way down. Recording will start.

  • A recording indicator (◎) is displayed while recording is in progress.
  • The borders of the display turn red during movie recording, green during high-speed recording.
  • The time remaining is shown by a countdown display, while another display counts up to show the recording time.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The STILL/MOVIE Mode Dial (MOVIE) - 7
Time remaining

7 Press the button again to end recording. Recording ends automatically when the maximum length is reached or the memory card is full.

Using a Function Button (MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE)

Use the function button to which MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE is assigned to quickly and easily record movies while in still photography mode.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using a Function Button (MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE) - 1

The camera automatically selects focus mode C (AF-C); exposure is adjusted automatically.

1 Assign MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE to a function button (图321).
2 Press the selected button to start recording.

  • A recording indicator (●) is displayed while recording is in progress.
  • The borders of the display turn red during movie recording, green during high-speed recording.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using a Function Button (MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE) - 2

Time remaining

  • The time remaining is shown by a countdown display, while another display counts up to show the recording time.
    3 Press the button again to end recording. Recording ends automatically when the maximum length is reached or the memory card is full.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using a Function Button (MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE) - 3

  • Sound is recorded via the built-in microphone or an optional external microphone. Do not cover the microphone during recording.
  • Note that the microphone may pick up lens noise and other sounds made by the camera during recording.
  • Vertical or horizontal streaks may appear in movies containing very bright subjects. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using a Function Button (MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE) - 4

  • To monitor audio with headphones during recording, you will need to convert the USB connector to an audio jack using the supplied headphone adapter.
  • The indicator lamp lights while recording is in progress (the Movie SETTING > TALLY LIGHT option can be used to choose the lamp—indicator or AF-assist—that lights during movie recording and whether the lamp blinks or remains steady). During recording, you can change exposure compensation by up to ± 2 EV and adjust zoom using the zoom ring on the lens (if available).
  • To prevent the borders of the display changing color during movie recording, select OFF for Movie SETTING > REC FRAME INDICATOR.
    While recording is in progress, you can:

  • Adjust sensitivity

  • Refocus using any of the following methods:

  • Press the shutter button halfway

  • Press a function button to which AF-ON is assigned
    Use touch screen controls

  • Display a histogram or artificial horizon by pressing the button to which HISTOGRAM or ELECTRONIC LEVEL SWITCH has been assigned

  • Recording may be unavailable at some settings, while in other cases settings may not apply during recording.

  • To choose the focus area for movie recording, select AF/MF SETTING > FOCUS AREA and use the focus stick (focus lever) and rear command dial (87).

TemperatureWarnings

The camera automatically turns off to protect itself when its temperature or the temperature of the battery rises. If a temperature warning is displayed, image noise may increase. Turn the camera off and wait for it to cool before turning it on again.

Using an External Microphone

Sound can be recorded with external microphones that connect using jacks 3.5mm in diameter; microphones that require plug-in power cannot be used. See the microphone manual for details.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using an External Microphone - 1

XLR Microphone Adapters

The camera can be used with TEAC TASCAM CA-XLR2d-F XLR microphone adapters. For more information, visit the TASCAM website.

https://tascam.jp/int/product/ca-xlr2d/#CA-XLR2d_Website

Adjusting Movie Settings

Movie settings can be adjusted from the movie menus or using the Movie SETTING item in the photo menus (24).

  • Use the Movie SETTING item in the photo menus to quickly adjust settings when recording movies via a button to which Movie RECORDING RELEASE has been assigned (183).
  • The movie menus contain options for use when recording movies via the shutter button with the STILL/MOVIE mode dial rotated to MOVIE (187).
  • Settings such as frame rate and frame size can be adjusted using MOVIE MODE.
  • Use MEDIA REC SETTING for such tasks as choosing the file type, bit rate, and the destination card slot.
    Focus mode is selected using the focus mode selector. Regardless of the option selected, the camera will automatically switch to C when FACE DETECTION ON or SUBJECT DETECTION ON is chosen for AF/MF SETTING > [FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING or SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING. Note, however, that choosing M when FACE DETECTION ON or SUBJECT DETECTION ON is selected disables face and subject detection.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Adjusting Movie Settings - 1

  • Changes made using the Movie SETTING item in the photo menus also apply to the movie menus. Changes made in one set of menus automatically apply in the other.
  • The type of memory card supported varies with the option select for Movie SETTING > Media REC SETTING.

  • Movies with a bit rate of 360 Mbps can be recorded to cards with a Video Speed Class of V60 or better.

  • Movies with a bit rate of 100 or 200 Mbps can be recorded to cards with a UHS Speed Class of 3 or better.

Depth of Field

To soften backgrounds, set aperture as wide as possible. Aperture can be adjusted manually at settings other than A.

Viewing Movies

View movies on the camera.

In full-frame playback, movies are identified by a icon. Press the selector down to start movie playback.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Movies - 1

The following operations can be performed while a movie is displayed:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Movies - 2

SelectorFull-frame playbackPlayback in progress (▶)Playback paused (■)
UpView photo informationEnd playback
DownStart playbackPause playbackStart/resume playback
Left/rightView other picturesAdjust speedSingle frame rewind/ advance

Progress is shown in the display during playback.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Movies - 3

Do not cover the speaker during playback.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Movies - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Movies - 5

  • Press MENU/OK to pause playback and display volume controls. Press the selector up or down to adjust the volume; press MENU/OK again to resume playback. Volume can also be adjusted using SOUND SET-UP > PLAYBACK VOLUME.
  • To listen to audio with headphones, you will need to convert the USB connector to an audio jack using the supplied headphone adapter.
  • To view movies on a television connected via HDMI instead of in the camera monitor, press the button (图57).

Playback Speed

Press the selector left or right to adjust playback speed during playback. Speed is shown by the number of arrows (▶ or ←).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback Speed - 1

Taking Photographs

P, S, A, and M Modes

P, S, A, and M modes give you varying degrees of control over shutter speed and aperture.

Mode P: Program AE

Let the camera choose shutter speed and aperture for optimal exposure. Other values that produce the same exposure can be selected with program shift.

1 Rotate the STILL/MOVIE mode dial to STILL.
2 Slide the lens aperture mode switch to A.
3 Rotate the shutter speed dial to A.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode P: Program AE - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode P: Program AE - 2

P will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode P: Program AE - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode P: Program AE - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode P: Program AE - 5

  • If the subject is outside the metering range of the camera, the shutter speed and aperture displays will show“--.”
  • To use the shutter speed dial, press the dial lock release and rotate the dial to the desired setting.
  • If the lens is not equipped with an aperture ring, select AUTO for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > APERTURE SETTING.

Program Shift

If desired, you can rotate the rear command dial to select other combinations of shutter speed and aperture without altering exposure (program shift).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Program Shift - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Program Shift - 2

Program shift is not available in any of the following circumstances:

  • When TTL is selected for FLASH SETTING > FLASH FUNCTION SETTING
  • When an auto option is selected for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > DYNAMIC RANGE
    In movie mode

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Program Shift - 3

To cancel program shift, turn the camera off.

Mode S:Shutter-Priority AE

Choose a shutter speed and let the camera adjust aperture for optimal exposure.

1 Rotate the STILL/MOVIE mode dial to STILL.
2 Slide the lens aperture mode switch to A.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode S:Shutter-Priority AE - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode S:Shutter-Priority AE - 2

3 Rotate the shutter speed dial to select a shutter speed.

S will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode S:Shutter-Priority AE - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode S:Shutter-Priority AE - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode S:Shutter-Priority AE - 5

  • If the correct exposure cannot be achieved at the selected shutter speed, aperture will be displayed in red.
  • If the subject is outside the metering range of the camera, the aperture display will show "--".
  • To use the shutter speed dial, press the dial lock release and rotate the dial to the desired setting.
  • If the lens is not equipped with an aperture ring, select AUTO for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > APERTURE SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode S:Shutter-Priority AE - 6

  • Shutter speed can also be adjusted in increments of 12 EV by rotating the rear command dial.
  • Shutter speed can be adjusted while the AFON button is pressed or the shutter button is pressed halfway.
  • At shutter speeds slower than 1 second, a count-down timer will be displayed while the exposure is in progress.
  • To reduce "noise" (mottling) in long time-exposures, select ON for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > LONG EXPOSURE NR. Note that this may increase the time needed to record images after shooting.
  • The picture will go out of focus if the camera is moved during a long time-exposure; use of a tripod is recommended.

Time (T)

Choose a shutter speed of T (time) for long time-exposures. Use of a tripod is recommended to prevent the camera moving during the exposure.

1 Set shutter speed to T.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Time (T) - 1

2 Rotate the rear command dial to choose a shutter speed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Time (T) - 2

3 Press the shutter button all the way down to take a picture at the selected shutter speed. At speeds of 1 s or slower, a count-down timer will be displayed while the exposure is in progress.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Time (T) - 3

To reduce "noise" (mottling) in long time-exposures, select ON for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > LONG EXPOSURE NR. Note that this may increase the time needed to record images after shooting.

Bulb (B)

Choose a shutter speed of B (bulb) for long time-exposures in which you open and close the shutter manually. Use of a tripod is recommended to prevent the camera moving during the exposure.

1 Set shutter speed to B.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Bulb (B) - 1

2 Press the shutter button all the way down.

  • The shutter will remain open for up to 60 minutes while the shutter button is pressed.
  • The display shows the time elapsed since the exposure started.
  • Releasing the shutter button closes the shutter, ending the exposure. Processing will begin, and the camera will display the processing time remaining.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Bulb (B) - 2

Bulb photography is not available in drive modes other than STILL IMAGE or when the electronic shutter is selected for SHOOTING SETTING > SHUTTERTYPE.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Bulb (B) - 3

  • Selecting an aperture of A fixes shutter speed at 30s
  • To reduce "noise" (mottling) in long time-exposures, select ON for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > LONG EXPOSURE NR. Note that this may increase the time needed to record images after shooting.

Using a Remote Release

A remote release can be used for long time-exposures. When using an optional RR-100 remote release or an electronic release from third-party suppliers, connect it to the camera's remote release connector.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using a Remote Release - 1

Mode A: Aperture-Priority AE

Choose an aperture and let the camera adjust shutter speed for optimal exposure.

1 Rotate the STILL/MOVIE mode dial to STILL.
2 Rotate the shutter speed dial to A.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode A: Aperture-Priority AE - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode A: Aperture-Priority AE - 2

3 Slide the lens aperture mode switch to

A will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode A: Aperture-Priority AE - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode A: Aperture-Priority AE - 4

4 Rotate the lens aperture ring to choose an aperture.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode A: Aperture-Priority AE - 5

  • If the correct exposure cannot be achieved at the selected aperture, shutter speed will be displayed in red.
  • If the subject is outside the metering range of the camera, the shutter speed display will show "--".
  • To use the shutter speed dial, press the dial lock release and rotate the dial to the desired setting.
  • If the lens is not equipped with an aperture ring, select MANUAL for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > APERTURE SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode A: Aperture-Priority AE - 6

Aperture can be adjusted even while the shutter button is pressed halfway.

Previewing Depth of Field

When PREVIEW DEPTH OF FIELD is assigned to a function button, pressing the button displays a 5 icon and stops aperture down to the selected setting, allowing depth of field to be previewed in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Previewing Depth of Field - 1

Mode M: Manual Exposure

In manual mode, the user controls both shutter speed and aperture. Shots can be deliberately overexposed (brighter) or underexposed (darker), opening the door for a variety of individual creative expression. The amount the picture would be under- or over-exposed at current settings is shown by the exposure indicator; adjust shutter speed and aperture until the desired exposure is reached.

1 Rotate the STILL/MOVIE mode dial to STILL.
2 Slide the lens aperture mode switch to
3 Rotate the shutter speed dial to select a shutter speed other than A.

M will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode M: Manual Exposure - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode M: Manual Exposure - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode M: Manual Exposure - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode M: Manual Exposure - 4

4 Rotate the shutter speed dial to choose a shutter speed and the lens aperture ring to choose an aperture.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode M: Manual Exposure - 5

The manual exposure display includes an exposure indicator that shows the amount the picture would be under- or over-exposed at current settings.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode M: Manual Exposure - 6

To use the shutter speed dial, press the dial lock release and rotate the dial to the desired setting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mode M: Manual Exposure - 7

Shutter speed can be adjusted in increments of 12 EV by rotating the rear command dial.

Exposure Preview

To preview exposure in the LCD monitor, select PREVIEW EXP./WB for SCREEN SET-UP > PREVIEW EXP./WB IN MANUAL MODE.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Exposure Preview - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Exposure Preview - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Exposure Preview - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Exposure Preview - 4

Select an option other than PREVIEW EXP./WB when using the flash or on other occasions on which exposure may change when the picture is taken.

Autofocus

Take pictures using autofocus.

1 Rotate the focus mode selector to S or C (83).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Autofocus - 1

2 Choose an AF mode (图85).
3 Choose the position and size of the focus frame (87).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Autofocus - 2

4 Take pictures.

Focus Mode

Use the focus mode selector to choose how the camera focuses.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus Mode - 1

Choose from the following options:

ModeDescription
S (AF-S)Single AF: Focus locks while the shutter button is pressed halfway. Choose for stationary subjects.
C (AF-C)Continuous AF: Focus is continually adjusted to reflect changes in the distance to the subject while the shutter button is pressed halfway. Use for subjects that are in motion.
M (manual)Manual: Focus manually using the lens focus ring. Choose for man- ual control of focus or in situations in which the camera is unable to focus using autofocus (◎ 91).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus Mode - 2

  • Regardless of the option selected, manual focus will be used when the lens is in manual focus mode.
  • If ON is selected for AF/MF SETTING > PRE-AF, focus will be adjusted continuously in modes S and C even when the shutter button is not pressed.

The Focus Indicator

Focus status is shown by the focus indicator.

Focus indicatorFocus status
()Camera focusing.
● (lights green)Subject in focus; focus locked (focus mode S).
● (lights green)Subject in focus (focus mode C). Focus is automatically adjusted for changes in distance to subject.
○ (blinks white)Camera unable to focus.
MFManual focus (focus mode M).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Focus Indicator - 1
Focus indicator

Autofocus Options (AF Mode)

Focus can be adapted to a variety of subjects by changing the combination of settings selected for focus and AF modes.

1 Press MENU/OK and go to the shooting menu.
2 Select AF/MF SETTING > AF MODE.
3 Choose an AF mode.

How the camera focuses depends on the focus mode.

Focus Mode S (AF-S)

OptionDescriptionSample image
SINGLE POINTCamera focuses on subject in selected focus point. Use for pin-point focus on selected subject.
ZONECamera focuses on subject in se-lected focus zone. Focus zones in-clude multiple focus points, mak-ing it easier to focus on subjects in motion.
WIDECamera focuses automatically on high-contrast subjects; display shows areas in focus.
ALL ALLRotate the rear command dial in the focus-point selection dis-play (87, 88) to cycle through AF modes in the following order: SINGLE POINT, ZONE, and WIDE.

Focus Mode C (AF-C)

OptionDescriptionSample image
SINGLE POINTFocus tracks subject at selected focus point. Use for subjects moving toward or away from camera.
ZONECamera tracks focus in selected focus zone. Use for subjects that are moving fairly predictably.
TRACKINGFocus tracks subjects moving through wide area of frame.
ALL ALLRotate the rear command dial in the focus-point selection display (87, 88) to cycle through AF modes in the following order: SINGLE POINT, ZONE, and TRACKING.

Focus-Point Selection

Choose a focus point for autofocus.

Viewing the Focus-Point Display

1 Press MENU/OK and go to the shooting menu.
2 Select AF/MF SETTING > FOCUS AREA to view the focus-point display.
3 Use the focus stick (focus lever) and rear command dial to choose a focus area.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing the Focus-Point Display - 1

The focus point can also be selected using touch controls (图26).

Selecting a Focus Point

Use the focus stick (focus lever) to choose the focus point and the rear command dial to choose the size of the focus frame. The procedure varies with the option selected for AF mode.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Selecting a Focus Point - 1

AF modeFocus stickRear command dial
TiltPressRotatePress
[ ]Select focus pointSelect center focus pointChoose from 6 frame sizesRestore original size
Choose from 3 frame sizes
[ ]

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Selecting a Focus Point - 2

  • Manual focus-point selection is not available when [ ] WIDE/TRACKING is selected in focus mode S.
  • If ALL is selected for AF mode, you can rotate the rear command dial in the focus-point selection display to cycle through AF modes in the following order: SINGLE POINT (6 frame sizes), ZONE (3 frame sizes), and either WIDE (focus mode S) or TRACKING (focus mode C).

The Focus-Point Display

The focus-point display varies with the option selected for AF mode.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Focus-Point Display - 1

Focus frames are shown by small squares () , focus zones by the large squares.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Focus-Point Display - 2
AF mode

Autofocus

Although the camera boasts a high-precision autofocus system, it may be unable to focus on the subjects listed below.

  • Very shiny subjects such as mirrors or car bodies.
  • Subjects photographed through a window or other reflective object.
  • Dark subjects and subjects that absorb rather than reflect light, such as hair or fur.
  • Insubstantial subjects, such as smoke or flame.
  • Subjects that show little contrast with the background.
  • Subjects positioned in front of or behind a high-contrast object that is also in the focus frame (for example, a subject photographed against a backdrop of highly contrasting elements).

Checking Focus

To zoom in on the current focus area for precise focus, press the center of the rear command dial. Use the focus stick (focus lever) to choose another focus area. Press the center of the rear command dial again to cancel zoom.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking Focus - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking Focus - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking Focus - 3
Normal display

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking Focus - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking Focus - 5
Focus zoom

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking Focus - 6

  • In focus mode S, zoom can be adjusted by rotating the rear command dial.
  • The focus stick can be used to select the focus area while zoom is in effect.
  • In focus mode S, select SINGLE POINT for AF MODE.
  • Focus zoom is not available in focus mode C or when AF/MF SETTING > PRE-AF is on.
  • Use 2 BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING to change the function performed by the center of the rear command dial. You can also assign its default function to other controls (321).

Manual Focus

Adjust focus manually.

1 Rotate the focus mode selector to M.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Manual Focus - 1

will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Manual Focus - 2

2 Focus manually using the lens focus ring. Rotate the ring left to reduce the focus distance, right to increase.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Manual Focus - 3

3 Take pictures.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Manual Focus - 4

  • Use 2 BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > LENS ZOOM/FOCUS SETTING to reverse the direction of rotation of the focus ring.
  • Regardless of the option selected, manual focus will be used when the lens is in manual focus mode.

Quick Focus

  • To use autofocus to focus on the subject in the selected focus area, press the button to which focus lock or AF-ON has been assigned (the size of the focus area can be chosen with the rear command dial).
  • In manual focus mode, you can use this feature to quickly focus on a chosen subject using either single or continuous AF according to the option chosen for AF/MF SETTING > INSTANT AF SETTING.

Checking Focus

A variety of options are available for checking focus in manual focus mode.

The Manual Focus Indicator

The white line indicates the distance to the subject in the focus area (in meters or feet according to the option selected for SCREEN SET-UP > FOCUS SCALE UNITS in the setup menu), the blue bar the depth of field, or in other words the distance in front of and behind the subject that appears to be in focus.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Manual Focus Indicator - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Manual Focus Indicator - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Manual Focus Indicator - 3

  • If both AF DISTANCE INDICATOR and MF DISTANCE INDICATOR are selected in the 2 SCREEN SET-UP > DISP. CUSTOM SETTING list, the manual focus indicator can also be viewed using the depth-of-field indicator in the standard display. Use the DISP/BACK button to display standard indicators.
  • Use the AF/MF SETTING > DEPTHOF-FIELD SCALE option to choose how depth of field is displayed. Choose FILM FORMAT BASIS to help you make practical assessments of depth of field for pictures that will be viewed as prints and the like, PILKEL BASIS to help you assess depth of field for pictures that will be viewed at high resolutions on computers or other electronic displays.

Focus Zoom

If ON is selected for AF/MF SETTING > FOCUS CHECK, the camera will automatically zoom in on the selected focus area when the focus ring is rotated. Press the center of the rear command dial to exit zoom.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus Zoom - 1

  • Use the focus stick (focus lever) to choose another focus area.
  • Zoom can be adjusted by rotating the rear command dial. Zoom cannot, however, be adjusted when DIGITAL SPLIT IMAGE or DIGITAL MICROPRISM is selected for MF assist.

MF Assist

Use AF/MF SETTING > MF ASSIST (156) in the photo menus or AF/MF SETTING > MF ASSIST (208) in the movie menus to choose a focus check option.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MF Assist - 1

The focus check options for movies differ from those for still photography.

  • DIGITAL SPLIT IMAGE: Displays a split image in the center of the frame. Frame the subject in the split-image area and rotate the focus ring until the four parts of the split image are correctly aligned.
  • DIGITAL MICROPRISM: A grid pattern that emphasizes blur is displayed when the subject is out of focus, disappearing to be replaced by a sharp image when the subject is in focus.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MF Assist - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MF Assist - 3

  • FOCUS PEAK HIGHLIGHT: Highlights high-contrast outlines. Rotate the focus ring until the subject is highlighted.
  • FOCUS METER: A meter is displayed below the focus point indicating whether focus is in front of or behind the subject. The needle swings left when focus is in front of the subject and right when it is behind the subject. Adjust focus so the needle is pointing straight up.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MF Assist - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MF Assist - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MF Assist - 6

The display reverses when CCW is selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > LENS ZOOM/FOCUS SETTING > FOCUS RING ROTATE.

Sensitivity

Adjust the camera's sensitivity to light.

Press the sensitivity dial lock release, rotate the dial to the desired setting, and press the release again to lock the dial in place.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Sensitivity - 1

OptionDescription
A (auto)Sensitivity is automatically adjusted in response to shooting conditions according to option chosen for ➀ SHOOTING SETTING > ISO AUTO SETTING. Choose from AUTO1, AUTO2, and AUTO3.
C (command)Rotate the front command dial to choose from AUTO1, AUTO2, AUTO3, and values of from 64 to 51200. This range includes “extended” values of 64 to 100, 25600, and 51200. Note that “extended” values may reduce dynamic range or increase mottling.
125–12800Adjust sensitivity manually. Selected value is shown in display.

Adjusting Sensitivity

High values can be used to reduce blur when lighting is poor, while lower values allow slower shutter speeds or wider apertures in bright light; note, however, that mottling may appear in pictures taken at high sensitivities.

AUTO

Use SHOOTING SETTING > ISO AUTO SETTING to choose the base sensitivity, maximum sensitivity, and minimum shutter speed for the A position on the sensitivity dial. Settings for AUTO1, AUTO2, and AUTO3 can be stored separately; the defaults are shown below.

ItemOptionsDefault
AUTO1AUTO2AUTO3
DEFAULT SENSITIVITY125-12800125
MAX. SENSITIVITY400-12800800320012800
MIN. SHUTTER SPEED1/8000-30 SEC, AUTOAUTO

The camera automatically chooses a sensitivity between the default and maximum values; sensitivity is only raised above the default value if the shutter speed required for optimal exposure would be slower than the value selected for MIN. SHUTTER SPEED.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AUTO - 1

  • If the value selected for DEFAULT SENSITIVITY is higher than that selected for MAX. SENSITIVITY, DEFAULT SENSITIVITY will be set to the value selected for MAX. SENSITIVITY.
  • The camera may select shutter speeds slower than MIN. SHUTTERT SPEED if pictures would still be underexposed at the value selected for MAX. SENSITIVITY.
  • If AUTO is selected for MIN. SHUTTERTPEED, the camera will choose the minimum shutter speed automatically. The minimum shutter speed is not affected by the option selected for image stabilization.

Metering

Choose how the camera meters exposure.

SHOOTING SETTING > PHOTOMETRY offers a choice of the following metering options:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHOOTING SETTING > PHOTOMETRY offers a choice of the following metering options: - 1

The selected option will only take effect if OFF is selected for FACE/ EYE DETECTION SETTING and SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING in the AF/MF SETTING menu.

ModeDescription
MULTIThe camera instantly determines exposure based on an analysis of composition, color, and brightness distribution. Recommended in most situations.
CENTER-WEIGHTEDThe camera meters the entire frame but assigns the greatest weight to the area at the center.
[·]SPOTThe camera meters lighting conditions in an area equivalent to 2% of the frame. Recommended with backlit subjects and in other cases in which the background is much brighter or darker than the main subject.
[ ]AVERAGEExposure is set to the average for the entire frame. Provides consistent exposure across multiple shots with the same lighting, and is particularly effective for landscapes and portraits of subjects dressed in black or white.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHOOTING SETTING > PHOTOMETRY offers a choice of the following metering options: - 2

To meter the subject in the selected focus area, choose ON for AF/ MF SETTING > INTERLOCK SPOT AE & FOCUS AREA (157).

Exposure Compensation

Adjust exposure.

Rotate the exposure compensation dial.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Exposure Compensation - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Exposure Compensation - 2

  • The amount of compensation available varies with the shooting mode.
  • Exposure compensation can be previewed in the shooting display, although the display may not accurately reflect its effects if:

  • the exposure compensation amount exceeds ± 3 EV,

  • 200 or 400 400 % is selected for DYNAMIC RANGE, or
    STRONG or WEAK is selected for D RANGE PRIORITY.

Exposure compensation can still be previewed in the viewfinder or LCD monitor by pressing the shutter button halfway. In movie mode, the display may not accurately reflect the effects of exposure compensation during F-log recording or when 200 × 200% or 400 × 400% is selected for DYNAMIC RANGE. An accurate preview can be obtained by selecting mode M and adjusting exposure directly.

C (Custom)

When the exposure compensation dial is rotated to C, exposure compensation can be adjusted by rotating the front command dial.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - C (Custom) - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - C (Custom) - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - C (Custom) - 3

  • The front command dial can be used to set exposure compensation to values between -5 and +5 EV.
  • The function assigned to the front command dial can be selected by pressing the dial (图296).

Focus/Exposure Lock

Focus and exposure lock when the shutter button is pressed halfway.

1 Position the subject in the focus frame and press the shutter button halfway to lock focus and exposure. Focus and exposure will remain locked while the shutter button is pressed halfway (AF/AE lock).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus/Exposure Lock - 1

2 Press the button all the way down.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus/Exposure Lock - 2

Focus and exposure lock via the shutter button is only available when ON is selected for 2 BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > SHUTTER AF, SHUTTER AE.

Other Controls

Focus and exposure can also be locked using the AEL and AFON buttons. At default settings, you can use the AEL button to lock exposure without locking focus. If the AFON button is assigned AF LOCK ONLY, it can similarly be used to lock focus without locking exposure.

While the assigned control is pressed, pressing the shutter button halfway will not end the lock.
- If AE&AF ON/OFF SWITCH is selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > AE/ AF-LOCK MODE, the lock can only be ended by pressing the control a second time.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Other Controls - 1
AEL button (exposure lock)

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Other Controls - 2
AFON button

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Other Controls - 3

  • The focus lever (focus stick) can be used to reposition the focus point during exposure lock.
  • The AEL and AFON buttons can be assigned other roles using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING. Exposure and focus lock can also be assigned to other buttons (图321).

Bracketing

Automatically vary settings over a series of pictures.

1 Rotate the drive dial to BKT.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Bracketing - 1

2 Navigate to DRIVE SETTING > BKT SETTING in the SHOOTING SETTING menu (162).
This feature can also be accessed via shortcuts (312).
3 Take photographs.

AEBKT

Choose the number of shots in the bracketing sequence and the order in which the shots are taken. You can also choose the amount exposure is varied with each shot and whether the shots are taken one at a time or in a single burst.

Regardless of the bracketing amount, exposure will not exceed the limits of the exposure metering system.

ISO ISO BKT

Select a bracketing amount (± 1/3, ± 2/3, or ± 1) . Each time the shutter is released, the camera will take a picture at the current sensitivity and process it to create two additional copies, one with sensitivity raised and the other with sensitivity lowered by the selected amount.

FILMSIMULATIONBKT

Each time the shutter is released, the camera takes one shot and processes it to create copies with different film simulation settings.

WHITE BALANCE BKT

Select a bracketing amount (± 1, ± 2, or ± 3) . Each time the shutter is released, the camera takes one shot and processes it to create three copies: one at the current white balanced setting, one with fine-tuning increased by the selected amount, and another with fine-tuning decreased by the selected amount.

DYNAMIC RANGE BKT

Each time the shutter button is pressed, the camera takes three shots with different dynamic ranges: 100% for the first, 200% for the second, and 400% for the third.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DYNAMIC RANGE BKT - 1

While dynamic range bracketing is in effect, sensitivity will be restricted to a minimum of ISO 500; the sensitivity previously in effect is restored when bracketing ends.

FOCUS BKT

Each time the shutter button is pressed, the camera takes a series of photos, varying focus with each shot. The number of shots, the amount focus changes with each shot, and the interval between shots can be selected using SHOOTING SETTING > DRIVE SETTING > BKT SETTING > FOCUS BKT.

BKT SETTING

Settings for exposure, sensitivity, film simulation, white balance and focus bracketing can be adjusted using SHOOTING SETTING >DRIVE SETTING > BKT SETTING.

Continuous Shooting (Burst Mode)

Capture motion in a series of pictures.

1 Rotate the drive dial to select CH (high-speed burst) or CL (low-speed burst).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Continuous Shooting (Burst Mode) - 1

2 Navigate to DRIVE SETTING in the SHOOTING SETTING menu and choose a frame advance rate.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Continuous Shooting (Burst Mode) - 2

This feature can also be accessed via shortcuts (312).

3 Press and hold the shutter button; the camera will continue to take photos while the shutter button is pressed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Continuous Shooting (Burst Mode) - 3

Shooting ends when the shutter button is released or the memory card is full.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Continuous Shooting (Burst Mode) - 4

  • If file numbering reaches 9999 before shooting is complete, the remaining pictures will be recorded to a new folder.
  • Shooting ends when the memory card is full; the camera will record all photos shot to that point. Burst shooting may not begin if the space available on the memory card is insufficient.
  • Frame rates may slow as more shots are taken.
  • Frame rate varies with the scene, shutter speed, sensitivity, and focus mode.
  • Depending on shooting conditions, frame rates may slow or the flash may not fire.
  • Recording times may increase during burst shooting.
  • The choice of burst modes varies with the option selected for SHOOTING SETTING > SHUTTERTYPE.

Focus and Exposure

  • Select focus mode C to vary focus with shot.
  • To vary exposure with each shot, select OFF for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > SHUTTER AE.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus and Exposure - 1

Exposure and focus tracking performance may vary with such factors as aperture, sensitivity, and exposure compensation.

HDR

Each time the shutter button is pressed, the camera takes three shots, varying exposure each time, and combines them into a single picture. The resulting photograph preserves details in highlights and shadows.

1 Rotate the drive dial to HDR.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Rotate the drive dial to HDR. - 1

2 Navigate to DRIVE SETTING > HDR MODE in the SHOOTING SETTING menu and choose the amount the brightnesses of the exposures vary (166).

OptionDescription
AUTODynamic range is automatically set to a value of from 200% to 800%.
200%Dynamic range is set to 200%.
400%Dynamic range is set to 400%.
800%Dynamic range is set to 800%.
800% +Camera settings are adjusted for maximum variation in dynamic range.

3 Take photographs. The camera will create a combined image.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Take photographs. The camera will create a combined image. - 1

  • Keep the camera steady.
  • The desired results may not be achieved in the subject moves or the composition or lighting changes during shooting.
  • The picture will be cropped a very small amount and the resolution will drop slightly.
  • Mottling may appear in pictures taken at higher values. Choose a value according to the scene.
  • "Extended" sensitivity values are not supported.
  • Depending on the options selected for HDR and sensitivity, pictures may not be taken at the selected shutter speed.
    The flash does not fire.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Take photographs. The camera will create a combined image. - 2

HDR images are indicated by a icon during playback.

Advanced Filters

Take photos with filter effects.

1 Rotate the drive dial to ADV..

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Advanced Filters - 1

2 Navigate to DRIVE SETTING>ADV. FILTER SETTING in the SHOOTING SETTING menu and choose a filter effect.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Advanced Filters - 2

This feature can also be accessed via shortcuts (312).

3 Take photographs.

Advanced Filter Options

Choose from the following filters:

FilterDescription
TOY CAMERAChoose for a retro toy camera effect.
MINIATUREThe tops and bottoms of pictures are blurred for a diorama effect.
POP COLORCreate high-contrast images with saturated colors.
HIGH-KEYCreate bright, low-contrast images.
LOW-KEYCreate uniformly dark tones with few areas of em-phasized highlights.
DYNAMIC TONEDynamic tone expression is used for a fantasy effect.
SOFT FOCUSCreate a look that is evenly soft throughout the whole image.
PARTIAL COLOR (RED)Areas of the image that are the selected color are recorded in that color. All other areas of the image are recorded in black-and-white.
PARTIAL COLOR (ORANGE)
PARTIAL COLOR (YELLOW)
PARTIAL COLOR (GREEN)
PARTIAL COLOR (BLUE)
PARTIAL COLOR (PURPLE)

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Advanced Filter Options - 1

Depending on the subject and camera settings, images may in some cases be grainy or vary in brightness or hue.

Panoramas

Follow an on-screen guide to create a panorama.

1 Rotate the drive dial to .

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Panoramas - 1

2 To select the size of the angle through which you will pan the camera while shooting, press the selector left. Highlight a size and press MENU/OK.
3 Press the selector right to view a choice of pan directions. Highlight a pan direction and press MENU/OK.
4 Press the shutter button all the way down to start recording. There is no need to keep the shutter button pressed during recording.
5 Pan the camera in the direction shown by the arrow. Shooting ends automatically when the camera is panned to the end of the guides and the panorama is complete.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Panoramas - 2

For Best Results

  • Move the camera slowly in a small circle at a steady speed
  • Keep the camera parallel or at right angles to the horizon and be sure to pan only in the direction shown by the guides
    Try panning at a different speed if the desired results are not achieved
  • Prop your elbows against your sides
  • Use a tripod
  • For best results, use a lens with a focal length of 35mm or less (50 mm or less in 35 mm format).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - For Best Results - 1

  • If the shutter button is pressed all the way down before the panorama is complete, shooting will end and no panorama may be recorded.
  • The last part of the panorama may not be recorded if shooting ends before the panorama is complete.
  • Panoramas are created from multiple frames, and the camera may in some cases be unable to stitch the frames together perfectly.
  • Panoramas may be blurred if the subject is poorly lit.
  • Shooting may be interrupted if the camera is panned too quickly or too slowly. Panning the camera in a direction other than that shown cancels shooting.
  • The camera may in some cases record a greater or lesser angle than selected.
  • The desired results may not be achieved with:

  • Moving subjects

  • Subjects close to the camera
  • Unvarying subjects such as the sky or a field of grass
  • Subjects that are in constant motion, such as waves and waterfalls
  • Subjects that undergo marked changes in brightness

  • If ON is selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > SHUTTER AE, exposure for the entire panorama is determined by the first frame.

-Viewing Panoramas

With the panorama displayed full frame, press the selector down to start panorama playback. Vertical panoramas will scroll vertically, horizontal panoramas horizontally.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - -Viewing Panoramas - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - -Viewing Panoramas - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - -Viewing Panoramas - 3

  • In full-frame playback, you can use the rear command dial to zoom panoramas in or out.
  • Panorama playback is controlled using the multi selector.
SelectorFull-frame playbackPanorama playbackPanorama playback paused
UpEnd playback
DownStart playbackPause playbackResume playback
Left/rightView other picturesChoose pan directionScroll panorama manually

Multiple Exposures

Create a photograph that combines multiple exposures.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Multiple Exposures - 1
+

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Multiple Exposures - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Multiple Exposures - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Multiple Exposures - 4

1 Select ON for SHOOTING SETTING > MULTI EXPOSURE and choose a blend mode (图 176).
2 Take the first shot.
3 Press MENU/OK. The first shot will be shown superimposed on the view through the lens and you will be prompted to take the second shot.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Multiple Exposures - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Multiple Exposures - 6

  • If you would like to retake the first shot, press the selector left.
  • To save the first shot and exit without creating a multiple exposure, press DISP/BACK.

4 Take the second shot, using the first frame as a guide.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Multiple Exposures - 7

5 Press MENU/OK.

The combined exposures will be displayed as a guide to composing the next shot.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Press MENU/OK. - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Press MENU/OK. - 2

  • If you would like to retake the second shot, press the selector left.
  • To end shooting and create a multiple exposure from the shots taken to this point, press DISP/BACK.

6 Make additional exposures.

Each photograph can contain up to nine exposures.

7 Press DISP/BACK to end shooting.

The camera will create the combined image and multiple exposure shooting will end.

MEMO

The Shooting Menus

IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Still Photography)

Adjust image quality settings for still photography.

To display image quality settings, press MENU/OK in the photo shooting display and select the (IMAGE QUALITY SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Still Photography) - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Still Photography) - 2

The options available vary with the shooting mode selected.

IMAGE SIZE

Choose the size and aspect ratio at which still pictures are recorded.

OptionImage size
3:27728 × 5152
16:97728 × 4344
1:15152 × 5152
OptionImage size
L 4:36864 × 5152
L 5:46432 × 5152
OptionImage size
M 3:25472 × 3648
M 16:95472 × 3080
M 1:13648 × 3648
OptionImage size
M 4:34864 × 3648
M 5:44560 × 3648
OptionImage size
S 3:23888 × 2592
S 16:93888 × 2184
S 1:12592 × 2592
OptionImage size
S 4:33456 × 2592
S 5:43264 × 2592

The following options are available in SPORTS FINDER MODE and when 1.29X CROP is selected in burst mode:

OptionImage size
M 3:26000 × 4000
M 16:96000 × 3376
M 1:14000 × 4000
OptionImage size
M 4:35328 × 4000
M 5:44992 × 4000

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IMAGE SIZE - 1

IMAGE SIZE is not reset when the camera is turned off or another shooting mode is selected.

IMAGE QUALITY

Choose a file format and compression ratio.

OptionDescription
FINELow compression ratios are used for higher-quality images.
NORMALHigher compression ratios are used to increase the number of images that can be stored.
FINE + RAWRecord both RAW and fine-quality JPEG or HEIF images.
NORMAL + RAWRecord both RAW and normal-quality JPEG or HEIF images.
RAWRecord RAW images only.

The Function Buttons

To toggle RAW image quality on or off for a single shot, assign RAW to a function button (图321). Press the button once to select the option in the right column, again to return to the original setting (left column).

Option currently selected for IMAGE QUALITYOption selected by pressing function button to which RAW is assigned
FINEFINE + RAW
NORMALNORMAL + RAW
FINE + RAWFINE
NORMAL + RAWNORMAL
RAWFINE

RAW RECORDING

Choose whether to compress RAW images.

OptionDescription
UNCOMPRESSEDRAW images are not compressed.
LOSSLESS COMPRESSEDRAW images are compressed using a reversible algorithm that reduces file size with no loss of image data. The images can be viewed in Capture One Express for Fujifilm1, Capture One for Fujifilm1, Capture One1, RAW FILE CONVERTER EX powered by SILKYPIX2, FUJIFILM X RAW STUDIO, or other software that supports "lossless" RAW compression. Quality is the same as UNCOMPRESSED, but the resulting files are anywhere from about 30 to 90 percent of their uncompressed size.
COMPRESSEDRAW images are compressed using a "lossy", non-reversible algorithm. Quality is about the same as UNCOMPRESSED, but the resulting files are anywhere from about 25 to 35 percent of their uncompressed size.

1 For information on when support will be available, visit: https://wwwcaptureone.com/
2 For information on when support will be available, visit: https://fujifilm-x.com/support/compatibility/software/raw-file-converter-ex-powered-by-silkypix/

SELECT JPEG/HEIF

Choose whether pictures are recorded in JPEG or HEIF.

OptionDescription
JPEGPictures are recorded in the widely-supported JPEG format.
HEIFPictures are recorded in HEIF, a format with excellent compression but limited options for viewing and sharing.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SELECT JPEG/HEIF - 1

  • JPEG is automatically selected in place of HEIF during filter-effect, panorama, multiple-exposure, and HDR photography.
  • Selecting HEIF disables CLARITY and sets COLOR SPACE to sRGB.
  • HEIF pictures are stored on the memory card as files with the extension“.HIF”. Before the pictures can be viewed on a computer, the extension must be changed to“.HEIC”. This occurs automatically when HEIF pictures are uploaded from the camera to a computer via USB.

FILMSimulation

Simulate the effects of different kinds of film, including black-and-white (with or without color filters). Choose a palette according to your subject and creative intent.

OptionDescription
STD PROVIA/STANDARDIdeal for a wide range of subjects.
Velvia/VIVIDVibrant reproduction, ideal for landscape and nature.
ASTIA/SOFTSofter color and contrast for a more subdued look.
CLASSIC CHROMESoft color and enhanced shadow contrast for a calm look.
PRO Neg. HiIdeal for portrait with slightly enhanced contrast.
PRO Neg. StdIdeal for portrait with soft gradations and skin tones.
CLASSIC Neg.Enhanced color with hard tonality to increase image depth.
NOSTALGIC Neg.Amber tinted highlights and rich shadow tone for printed photo look.
ETERNA/CINEMASoft color and rich shadow tone suitable for film look movie.
ETERNA BLEACH BYPASSUnique color with low saturation and high contrast. Suitable for still and movie.
ACROSShoot in Black and White In rich details with sharpness. Available with yellow (Ye), red (R), and green (G) filters, which deepen shades of gray corresponding to hues complementary to the selected color. • ACROS+Ye FILTER: Slightly enhances contrast and darkens skies. • ACROS+R FILTER: Enhances contrast and darkens skies considerably. • ACROS+G FILTER: Produces pleasing skin tones in portrait.
B MONochromeShoots in black and white. Available with yellow (Ye), red (R), and green (G) filters, which deepen shades of gray corresponding to hues complementary to the selected color. • B MONochrome+Ye FILTER: Slightly enhances contrast and darkens skies. • B MONochrome+R FILTER: Enhances contrast and darkens skies considerably. • B MONochrome+G FILTER: Produces pleasing skin tones in portrait.
SEPIA SEPIAShoots in sepia tone.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FILMSimulation - 1

  • Film simulation options can be combined with tone and sharpness settings.
  • Film simulation settings can also be accessed via shortcuts (312).
  • For more information, visit: https://fujifilm-x.com/global/tag/the-world-of-film-simulation/?post_type=xstories

MONOCHROMATIC COLOR

Add a reddish or bluish tinge (warm or cool color cast) to the ACROS and MONOCHROME monochrome film simulations. Color can be adjusted on the WARM-COOL and G (Green)-M (Magenta) axes.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MONOCHROMATIC COLOR - 1

GRAIN EFFECT

Add a film grain effect.

ROUGHNESS

OptionDescription
STRONGChoose for rougher grains.
WEAKChoose for smoother grains.
OFFTurn the effect off.

SIZE

OptionDescription
LARGEChoose for coarser grains.
SMALLChoose for finer grains.

COLOR CHROME EFFECT

Increase the range of tones available for rendering colors that tend to be highly saturated, such as reds, yellows, and greens.

OptionDescription
STRONGChoose for a strong effect.
WEAKChoose for a weak effect.
OFFTurn the effect off.

COLOR CHROME FX BLUE

Increase the range of tones available for rendering blues.

OptionDescription
STRONGChoose for a strong effect.
WEAKChoose for a weak effect.
OFFTurn the effect off.

SMOOTH SKIN EFFECT

Smooth complexes.

OptionDescription
STRONGChoose for a strong effect.
WEAKChoose for a weak effect.
OFFTurn the effect off.

WHITE BALANCE

For natural colors, choose a white balance option that matches the light source.

OptionDescription
AUTO WHITE PRIORITYWhite balance is adjusted automatically. Choose for whiter whites in scenes lit by incandescent bulbs.
AUTOWhite balance is adjusted automatically.
AUTO AMBIENCE PRIORITYWhite balance is adjusted automatically. Choose for warmer whites in scenes lit by incandescent bulbs.
CUSTOM 1Measure a value for white balance.
CUSTOM 2
CUSTOM 3
COLOR TEMPERATUREChoose a color temperature.
DAYLIGHTFor subjects in direct sunlight.
SHADEFor subjects in the shade.
FLUORESCENT LIGHT-1Use under "daylight" fluorescent lights.
FLUORESCENT LIGHT-2Use under "warm white" fluorescent lights.
FLUORESCENT LIGHT-3Use under "cool white" fluorescent lights.
INCANDESCENTUse under incandescent lighting.
UNDERWATERReduces the blue cast typically associated with underwater lighting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WHITE BALANCE - 1

  • In conditions in which AUTO fails to produce the desired results—for example, under certain types of lighting or in close-ups of portrait subjects—use custom white balance or choose a white balance option suited to the light source.
  • White balance is adjusted for flash lighting only in AUTO, AUTO WHITE PRIORITY, AUTO AMBIENCE PRIORITY, and modes. Turn the flash off using other white balance options.
  • White balance options can also be accessed via shortcuts (图312).

Fine-Tuning White Balance

Pressing MENU/OK after selecting a white balance option displays the dialog shown at right; use the selector to fine-tune white balance.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Fine-Tuning White Balance - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Fine-Tuning White Balance - 2

  • To exit without fine-tuning white balance, press DISP/BACK after selecting a white balance option.
  • You cannot tilt the focus stick diagonally when fine-tuning white balance.

Custom White Balance

Choose _1, _2 , or _3 to adjust white balance for unusual lighting conditions using a white object as a reference (colored objects can also be used to lend photos a color cast). A white balance target will be displayed; position and size

the target so that it is filled by the reference object and press the shutter button all the way down to measure white balance (to select the most recent custom value and exit without measuring white balance, press DISP/BACK, or press MENU/OK to select the most recent value and display the fine-tuning dialog).

  • If "COMPLETED!" is displayed, press MENU/OK to set white balance to the measured value.
  • If "UNDER" is displayed, raise exposure compensation and try again.
  • If "OVER" is displayed, lower exposure compensation and try again.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Custom White Balance - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Custom White Balance - 2

K:Color Temperature

Adjust white balance to match the color temperature of the light source.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - K:Color Temperature - 1

Color temperature can be adjusted to make pictures "warmer" or "colder" or deliberately produce colors that differ radically from those in real life.

1 Select K in the white balance menu. The option currently selected for color temperature will be displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - K:Color Temperature - 2

2 Edit the color temperature using the selector and press MENU/OK.

A fine-tuning dialog will be displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - K:Color Temperature - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - K:Color Temperature - 4

  • You can also adjust color temperature in increments of 10K by rotating the rear command dial.
  • Choose from values of from 2500 to 10000 K.
  • To exit without fine-tuning white balance, press DISP/BACK after choosing a color temperature.

3 Press the selector up, down, left, or right to highlight a fine-tuning amount.
4 Press MENU/OK.

The changes will be applied. The selected color temperature will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - K:Color Temperature - 5

Color Temperature

Color temperature is an objective measure of the color of a light source, expressed in Kelvin (K). Light sources with a color temperature close to that of direct sunlight appear white; light sources with a lower color temperature have a yellow or red cast, while those with a higher color temperature are tinged with blue.

DYNAMIC RANGE

Adjust dynamic range. Wide dynamic ranges reduce loss of detail in highlights for more natural results with high-contrast or backlit scenes.

OptionDescription
AUTO100 100%Choose for increased contrast.
200 200%Reduce loss of detail in highlights.
$400 400%

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DYNAMIC RANGE - 1

Mottling may appear in pictures taken at higher values. Choose a value according to the scene.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DYNAMIC RANGE - 2

  • If AUTO is selected, the camera will automatically choose either 100% or 200% according to the subject and shooting conditions. Shutter speed and aperture will be displayed when the shutter button is pressed halfway.
  • 200 200% is available at sensitivities of from ISO 250 to ISO 12800, 400% 400% at sensitivities of from ISO 500 to 12800.

D RANGE PRIORITY

Reduce loss of detail in highlights and shadows for natural-looking results when photographing high-contrast scenes.

OptionDescription
AUTOContrast is adjusted automatically in response to lighting conditions.
STRONGAdjust dynamic range by a large amount for very high-contrast scenes.
WEAKAdjust dynamic range by a smaller amount for moderately high-contrast scenes.
OFFContrast reduction off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - D RANGE PRIORITY - 1

  • WEAK is available at sensitivities of from ISO 250 to ISO 12800, STRONG at sensitivities of from ISO 500 to 12800.
  • When an option other than OFF is selected, TONE CURVE, and DYNAMIC RANGE will be adjusted automatically; if you wish to adjust these settings manually, choose OFF.

TONE CURVE

With reference to a tone curve, adjust the appearance of highlights or shadows, making them harsher or softer. Choose higher values to make shadows and highlights harsher, lower values to make them softer.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TONE CURVE - 1

OptionDescription
HIGHLIGHTS-2 to +4
SHADOWS-2 to +4

COLOR

Adjust color density.

Options
-4-3-2-10+1+2+3+4

SHARPNESS

Sharpen or soften outlines.

Options
-4-3-2-10+1+2+3+4

HIGH ISO NR

Reduce noise in pictures taken at high sensitivities. Choose higher values to reduce noise and smooth outlines, lower values to leave outlines visible.

Options
-4-3-2-10+1+2+3+4

CLARITY

Increase definition while altering tones in highlights and shadows as little as possible. Choose higher values for increased definition, lower values for a softer effect.

Options
-5-4-3-2-10+1+2+3+4+5

The additional processing required at settings other than 0 increases the time need to save each shot.

LONG EXPOSURE NR

Select ON to reduce mottling in long time-exposures.

Options
ONOFF

The additional processing required when ON is selected increases save times.

Select ON to improve definition by adjusting for diffraction and the slight loss of focus at the periphery of the lens.

Options
ONOFF

COLOR SPACE

Choose the gamut of colors available for color reproduction.

OptionDescription
sRGBRecommended in most situations.
Adobe RGBFor commercial printing.

PIXEL MAPPING

Use this option if you notice bright spots in your pictures.

1 Press MENU/OK in the shooting display and select the IMAGE QUALITY SETTING tab.
2 Highlight Pixel MAPPING and press MENU/OK to perform pixel mapping.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PIXEL MAPPING - 1

Results are not guaranteed.
- Be sure the battery is fully charged before beginning pixel mapping.
- Pixel mapping is not available when the camera temperature is elevated.
- Processing may take a few seconds.

SELECT CUSTOM SETTING

Recall settings saved to custom settings banks 1 through 7 (CUSTOM 1 through CUSTOM 7) using EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING.

Banks

NOTHING SELECTEDCUSTOM 1CUSTOM 2CUSTOM 3
CUSTOM 4CUSTOM 5CUSTOM 6CUSTOM 7

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SELECT CUSTOM SETTING - 1

If you would prefer not to recall saved settings, select NONESELECTIOND.

EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING

Adjust settings as desired and save them to a custom settings bank. Saved settings can be recalled using IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > SELECT CUSTOM SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING - 1

Photo menu settings can be adjusted when the STILL/MOVIE mode dial is rotated to STILL.

Saving Custom Settings

Create a new custom settings bank.

1 Select IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING in the shooting menu and press MENU/OK.
2 Highlight a destination bank for the new settings (CREATE NEW C1 through C7) and press MENU/OK. A confirmation dialog will be displayed.
3 Highlight OK and press MENU/OK. Current camera settings will be saved to the selected bank.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Saving Custom Settings - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Saving Custom Settings - 2

Editing Custom Settings

Edit existing custom settings banks.

1 Select IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING in the shooting menu and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Editing Custom Settings - 1

To save settings for movie recording, navigate to Movie SETTING in the movie menus and select EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING.
2 Highlight the desired custom settings bank and press MENU/OK.
3 Highlight EDIT/CHECK and press MENU/OK.
4 The camera will display a list of shooting menu items; highlight an item you wish to edit and press MENU/OK. Adjust the selected item as desired.
5 Press MENU/OK to save the changes and return to the shooting menu list.

Adjust additional items as desired.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Editing Custom Settings - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Editing Custom Settings - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Editing Custom Settings - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Editing Custom Settings - 5

If DISABLE is selected for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING in the photo menu or for MOVIE SETTING > AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING in the movie menu, red dots will appear next to the edited items but the changes will not be saved automatically.

  • To save the changes for selected items, highlight the items in the list and press Q.
  • To save changes for all items, return to Step 3 and select SAVE THE CHANGES. To cancel all changes and restore the previous settings, select RESET THE CHANGES.
  • If you copy an item marked by a red dot, the item will be copied with the changes intact.

Copying Custom Settings

Copy custom settings from one bank to another, overwriting the settings in the destination bank. If the source bank has been renamed, the name will also be copied to the destination bank.

1 Select IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING in the shooting menu and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Copying Custom Settings - 1

To save settings for movie recording, navigate to MOVIE SETTING in the movie menus and select EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING.

2 Highlight the source bank and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Copying Custom Settings - 2

3 Highlight COPY and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Copying Custom Settings - 3

4 Highlight the destination bank (C1 through C7) and press MENU/OK. A confirmation dialog will be displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Copying Custom Settings - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Copying Custom Settings - 5

Any changes to custom settings in the destination bank will be overwritten.

5 Highlight OK and press MENU/OK. The selected settings will be copied to the destination bank, overwriting any existing settings.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Copying Custom Settings - 6

Deleting Custom Settings

Delete settings from selected custom settings banks.

1 Select IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING in the shooting menu and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Deleting Custom Settings - 1

To save settings for movie recording, navigate to MOVIE SETTING in the movie menus and select EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING.

2 Highlight the desired custom settings bank and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Deleting Custom Settings - 2

3 Highlight ERASE and press MENU/OK. A confirmation dialog will be displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Deleting Custom Settings - 3

4 Highlight OK and press MENU/OK. Any custom settings saved to the selected bank will be deleted.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Deleting Custom Settings - 4

Renaming Custom Settings Banks

Rename selected custom settings banks.

1 Select IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING in the shooting menu and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Renaming Custom Settings Banks - 1

To save settings for movie recording, navigate to MOVIE SETTING in the movie menus and select EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING.

2 Highlight the desired custom settings bank and press MENU/OK.
3 Highlight EDIT CUSTOM NAME and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Renaming Custom Settings Banks - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Renaming Custom Settings Banks - 3

4 Enter a new name for the custom settings bank and select SET.

The selected bank will be renamed.

AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING

Choose whether changes to saved custom settings apply automatically.

OptionDescription
ENABLEChanges to custom settings banks CUSTOM 1 through CUSTOM 7 apply automatically.
DISABLEChanges do not apply automatically. Any changes to custom settings must be applied manually (☑ 135).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING - 2

MOUNT ADAPTOR SETTING

Adjust settings for lenses attached via a mount adapter. The camera can store settings for multiple lenses (LENS 1 through LENS 6).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOUNT ADAPTOR SETTING - 1

  • DISTORTION CORRECTION, COLOR SHADING CORRECTION, and PERIPHERAL ILLUMINATION CORRECTION are available with lenses connected via an M mount adapter.
  • Any changes made using this item also apply in movie mode (图204).

FOCAL LENGTH SETTING

Enter the lens's true focal length.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FOCAL LENGTH SETTING - 1

DISTORTION CORRECTION

Choose from STRONG, MEDIUM, or WEAK options to correct BARREL or PINCUSHION distortion.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DISTORTION CORRECTION - 1

COLOR SHADING CORRECTION

Color (shading) variations between the center and edges of the frame can be adjusted separately for each corner.

To use color shading correction, follow the steps below.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COLOR SHADING CORRECTION - 1

1 Rotate the rear command dial to choose a corner. The selected corner is indicated by a triangle.
2 Use the selector to adjust shading until there is no visible difference in color between the selected corner and the center of the image.

  • Press the selector left or right to adjust colors on the cyan-red axis.
  • Press the selector up or down to adjust colors on the blue-yellow axis.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COLOR SHADING CORRECTION - 2

To determine the amount required, adjust color shading correction while taking photos of blue sky or a sheet of gray paper.

PERIPHERAL ILLUMINATION CORRECTION

Choose from values between -5 and +5. Choosing positive values increases peripheral illumination, while choosing negative values reduces peripheral illumination. Positive values are recommended for vintage lenses, negative val

ues to create the effect of images taken with an antique lens or a pinhole camera.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PERIPHERAL ILLUMINATION CORRECTION - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PERIPHERAL ILLUMINATION CORRECTION - 2

To determine the amount required, adjust peripheral illumination correction while taking photos of blue sky or a sheet of gray paper.

EDIT LENS NAME

Change the lens name.

AF/MF SETTING (Still Photography)

Adjust focus settings for still photography.

To display AF/MF settings, press MENU/OK in the photo shooting display and select the (AF/MF SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF/MF SETTING (Still Photography) - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF/MF SETTING (Still Photography) - 2

The options available vary with the shooting mode selected.

FOCUS AREA

Choose the focus area for autofocus, manual focus, and focus zoom (87).

AF MODE

Choose the AF mode for focus modes S and C (85).

AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS

Select focus-tracking options for focus mode C. Choose from Sets 1-5 according to your subject or select Set 6 for custom focus-tracking options.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS - 1

OptionDescription
SET 1 MULTI PURPOSEA standard tracking option that works well with the typical range of moving subjects.
SET 2 UNUSED OBSTACLES & CONTINUE TO TRACK SUBJECTThe focus system attempts to track the chosen subject. Choose with subjects that are hard to keep in the focus area or if other objects are likely to enter the focus area with the subject.
SET 3 FOR ACCELERATING/ DECELERATING SUBJECTThe focus system attempts to compensate for subject acceleration or deceleration. Choose for subjects prone to rapid changes in velocity.
SET 4 FOR SUDDENLY APPEARING SUBJECTThe focus system attempts to focus quickly on subjects entering the focus area. Choose for subjects that appear abruptly or when rapidly switching subjects.
SET 5 FOR ERRATICALLY MOVING & ACCEL./DECEL. SUBJECTChoose for hard-to-track subjects prone not only to sudden changes in velocity but also to large movements front to back and left to right.
SET 6 CUSTOMAdjust TRACKING SENSITIVITY, SPEED TRACKING SENSITIVITY, and ZONE AREA SWITCHING to suit your preferences based on the values for Sets 1-5 (145, 147).

Focus Tracking Options

The individual parameters that are part of a focus tracking set are described below.

TRACKING SENSITIVITY

This parameter determines how long the camera waits to switch focus when an object enters the focus area behind or in front of the current subject. The higher the value, the longer the camera will wait.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TRACKING SENSITIVITY - 1

Options
01234

The higher the value, the longer it takes the camera to refocus when you attempt to switch subjects.

  • The lower the value, the more likely the camera is to switch focus from your subject to other objects in the focus area.

SPEED TRACKING SENSITIVITY

This parameter determines how sensitive the tracking system is to changes in subject velocity. The higher the value, the greater the precision with which the system attempts to respond to sudden movement.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SPEED TRACKING SENSITIVITY - 1

Options
012

The higher the value, the more difficulty the camera will have focusing in situations in which autofocus does not perform well, such as when the subject is highly reflective or low in contrast.

ZONE AREA SWITCHING

This parameter determines the focus area given priority in zone AF.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - ZONE AREA SWITCHING - 1

OptionDescription
FRONTZone AF assigns priority to the subjects closest to the camera.
AUTOThe camera locks focus on the subject at the center of the zone and then switches focus areas as necessary to track it.
CENTERZone AF assigns priority to subjects in the center of the zone.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - ZONE AREA SWITCHING - 2

This option takes effect only when ZONE is selected for AF mode.

Set Values

Parameter values for the different sets are listed below.

TRACKING SENSITIVITYSPEED TRACKING SENSITIVITYZONE AREA SWITCHING
SET 120AUTO
SET 230CENTER
SET 322AUTO
SET 401FRONT
SET 532AUTO

Custom Focus Tracking Options

Follow the steps below to adjust settings for Set 6.

1 Select AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS > SET 6 CUSTOM.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Custom Focus Tracking Options - 1

2 Press the selector up or down to highlight items and rotate the front command dial to change. To reset settings to their original values, press .
3 Press DISP/BACK when settings are complete.

STORE AF MODE BY ORIENTATION

Choose whether the AF mode used when the camera is in portrait orientation is stored separately from that used when the camera is in landscape orientation.

OptionDescription
OFFThe same settings are used in both orientations.
FOCUS AREA ONLYThe focus area for each orientation can be selected separately.
ONThe focus mode and focus area can be selected separately.

AF POINT DISPLAY

Choose whether individual focus frames are displayed when ZONE or WIDE/TRACKING is selected for AF/MF SETTING > AF MODE.

Options
ONOFF

WRAP FOCUS POINT

Choose whether focus-area selection is bounded by the borders of the display or "wraps around" from one edge of the display to another.

OptionDescription
ENABLEFocus-area selection "wraps around"from one edge of the display to another.
DISABLEFocus-area selection is bounded by the borders of the display.

NUMBER OF FOCUS POINTS

Choose the number of focus points available for focus-point selection in manual focus mode or when SINGLE POINT is selected for AF MODE.

OptionDescription
117 POINTS (9 × 13)Choose from 117 focus points arranged in a 9- by 13-point grid.
425 POINTS (17 × 25)Choose from 425 focus points arranged in a 17- by 25-point grid.

PRE-AF

If ON is selected, the camera will continue to adjust focus even when the shutter button is not pressed halfway. The camera adjusts focus continuously, allowing it to focus faster when the shutter button is pressed halfway. Choosing this option helps prevent missed shots.

Options
ONOFF

Choosing ON increases the drain on the battery.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PRE-AF - 1

AFILLUMINATOR

If ON is selected, the AF-assist illuminator will light to assist autofocus.

Options

ON

OFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - OFF - 1

  • The camera may be unable to focus using the AF-assist illuminator in some cases.
  • If the camera is unable to focus, try increasing the distance to the subject.
  • Avoid shining the AF-assist illuminator directly into your subject's eyes.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - OFF - 2

Any changes made using this item also apply in movie mode (207).

FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING

If the camera detects human faces, it will assign them priority over the background and adjust settings appropriately for portraits when setting focus and exposure. You can also choose whether the camera focuses on the left or right eye when face detection is on.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING - 1

OptionDescription
FACE DETECTION ONAdjust settings for Intelligent Face Detection. You can also adjust eye detection settings. • ➔ EYE OFF: Intelligent Face Detection only. • ➔ EYE AUTO: The camera automatically chooses which eye to focus on when a face is detected. • ➔ RIGHT EYE PRIORITY: The camera focuses preferentially on the right eye of subjects detected using Intelligent Face Detection. • ➔ LEFT EYE PRIORITY: The camera focuses preferentially on the left eye of subjects detected using Intelligent Face Detection.
OFFIntelligent Face Detection and eye priority off.

If the subject moves as the shutter button is pressed, the face may not be in the area indicated by the green border when the picture is taken.

  • In some modes, the camera may set exposure for the frame as a whole rather than the portrait subject.
  • Enabling Intelligent Face Detection via FACE DETECTION ON automatically selects OFF for SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING - 2

  • A single face detected in or near the focus area will be marked with a white frame.
  • If multiple faces are detected in the focus area, the camera will select one automatically.
  • You can choose a different subject by tapping the display to reposition the focus area. The focus stick (focus lever) can also be used if WIDE is selected for AF MODE.
  • When DIRECT AF POINT SELECTION or EDIT FOCUS AREA is chosen for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FOCUS LEVER SETTING > TILT, you can also switch subjects using the focus stick (focus lever) or (during viewfinder photography) touch controls (26).
  • When the camera is focused on an eye, you can switch from one eye to the other using a function button to which RIGHT/LEFT EYE SWITCH has been assigned.
  • If the selected subject leaves the frame, the camera will wait a set time for its return and consequently the white frame may sometimes appear in locations where no face is seen.
  • Depending on shooting conditions, face selection may be suspended at the close of burst shooting.
  • Faces can be detected with the camera in vertical or horizontal orientation.
  • If the camera is unable to detect the subject's eyes because they are hidden by hair, glasses, or other objects, the camera will instead focus on faces.
  • Face/eye detection options can also be accessed via shortcuts (图312).

SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING

Choose whether the camera prioritizes subjects of a selected type, such as animals or vehicles, when setting focus.

OptionDescription
SUBJECT DETECTION ONSelect one of the subject types listed below to enable subject detection. • ANIMAL: The camera detects and tracks focus on dogs and cats. • BIRD: The camera detects and tracks focus on birds. • AUTOMOBILE: The camera detects and tracks focus on the body or front ends of cars, primarily those of types used for motor sports. • MOTORCYCLE&BIKE: The camera detects and tracks focus on the riders of motorcycles and bicycles. • AIRPLANE: The camera detects and tracks focus on the cockpits, noses, or bodies of airplanes. • TRAIN: The camera detects and tracks focus on the driver compartments or front ends of trains.
OFFSubject detection off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING - 1

Enabling subject detection via SUBJECT DETECTION ON automatically selects OFF for FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING - 2

  • A single subject of the chosen type detected in or near the focus area will be marked with a white frame.
  • If multiple subjects are detected in the focus area, the camera will select one automatically.
  • You can choose a different subject by tapping the display to reposition the focus area. The focus stick (focus lever) can also be used if WIDE is selected for AF MODE.
  • When DIRECT AF POINT SELECTION or EDIT FOCUS AREA is chosen for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FOCUS LEVER SETTING > TILT, you can also switch subjects using the focus stick (focus lever) or (during viewfinder photography) touch controls (26).
  • If the selected subject leaves the frame, the camera will wait a set time for its return and consequently the white frame may sometimes appear in locations where no subject of the chosen type is seen.
  • Depending on shooting conditions, subject detection may be suspended at the close of burst shooting.
  • Subjects can be detected with the camera in vertical or horizontal orientation.
  • Subject detection options can also be accessed via shortcuts (图312).

AF+MF

If ON is selected and focus has been locked (whether by pressing the shutter button halfway or by other means), focus lock can be ended and focus adjusted manually by rotating the focus ring.

Options

ON

OFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 1

  • Lenses with a focus distance indicator must be set to manual focus mode (MF) before this option can be used. Selecting MF disables the focus distance indicator.
  • If the lens is equipped with a focus distance indicator, set the focus ring to the center, as the camera may fail to focus if the ring is set to infinity or the minimum focus distance.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 2

  • The previously-selected focus mode will be restored if no operations are performed for a set period after the focus ring is rotated.
  • DIGITAL SPLIT IMAGE and DIGITAL MICROPRISM focus assist options selected via MF ASSIST cannot be used.

AF + MF Focus Zoom

Selecting ON for AF/MF SETTING > FOCUS CHECK when SINGLE POINT is chosen for AF MODE lets you zoom in on the current focus area by rotating the focus ring. The zoom ratio can be selected using the rear command dial.

MF ASSIST

Choose how focus is displayed in manual focus mode (94).

OptionDescription
DIGITAL SPLIT IMAGEDisplays a black-and-white (MONochrome) or color (COLOR) split image in the center of the frame. Frame the subject in the split-image area and rotate the focus ring until the four parts of the split image are correctly aligned.
DIGITAL MICROPRISMA grid pattern that emphasizes blur is displayed when the subject is out of focus, disappearing to be replaced by a sharp image when the subject is in focus.
FOCUS PEAK HIGHLIGHTThe camera heightens high-contrast outlines. Choose a color and peaking level.
OFFFocus is displayed normally (focus peaking, digital split image, and digital microprism are not available).

FOCUS CHECK

If ON is selected, the display will automatically zoom in on the selected focus area when the focus ring is rotated in manual focus mode.

Options
ONOFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FOCUS CHECK - 1

  • Pressing the center of the rear command dial cancels focus zoom.
  • The zoom position is centered on the current focus area and changes when the focus area is changed.

INTERLOCK SPOT AE & FOCUS AREA

Choose ON to meter the current focus frame when SPOT or MULTI metering is selected.

Options
ONOFF

INSTANT AF SETTING

Choose whether the camera focuses using single AF (AF-S) or continuous AF (AF-C) when a button to which focus lock or AF-ON is assigned is pressed in manual focus mode.

OptionDescription
AF-SThe camera focuses when the button is pressed.
AF-CThe camera focuses while the button is pressed.

Any changes made using this item also apply in movie mode (208).

DEPTH-OF-FIELD SCALE

Choose the basis for the depth-of-field scale.

OptionDescription
PIXEL BASISProvides a precision reference for use when assessing depth of field for pictures that will be viewed at high resolutions on computers or other electronic displays.
FILM FORMAT BASISProvides a practical reference for use when assessing depth of field for pictures that will be viewed at lower resolutions, for example as prints.

Any changes made using this item also apply in movie mode (图209).

RELEASE/FOCUS PRIORITY

Choose how the camera focuses in focus mode AF-S or AF-C.

OptionDescription
RELEASEShutter response is prioritized over focus. Pictures can be taken when the camera is not in focus.
FOCUSFocus is prioritized over shutter response. Pictures can be only taken when the camera is in focus.

Regardless of the option selected, pictures can still be taken when the camera is not in focus if ON is selected for AF+MF.

AF RANGE LIMITER

Limit the range of available focus distances for increased focus speed.

OptionDescription
OFFFocus limiter disabled.
CUSTOMLimit focus to a range of distances defined by a minimum and maximum. • OK: Limit focus to the selected range. • SET: Choose two objects and limit focus to the distance between them.
PRESET1Limit focus to a preset range.
PRESET2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF RANGE LIMITER - 1

  • Choosing a focus range that includes distances shorter than the minimum focus distance of the lens disables the focus limiter.
  • The values listed and displayed for the focus limiter may differ from the actual focus distance.
  • Focus range can be set independently on lenses equipped with focus range selectors. Be sure that the option selected in the camera menus overlaps with that chosen with the lens.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF RANGE LIMITER - 2

  • The following additional operations can be performed when CUSTOM is selected:

  • You can tap objects in the touch screen display to choose the focus range.
    Instead of tapping an object in the display, you set the maximum focus distance to infinity by rotating the focus ring.

  • Any changes made using this item also apply in movie mode (国209).

TOUCH SCREEN MODE

Choose the shooting operations performed using touch controls.

ModeDescription
TOUCH SHOOTINGTap your subject in the display to focus and release the shutter. In burst mode, pictures will be taken while you keep your finger on the display.
AFIn focus mode S (AF-S), the camera focuses when you tap your subject in the display. Focus locks at the current distance until you tap the AF OFF icon. In focus mode C (AF-C), the camera initiates focus when you tap your subject display. The camera will continue to adjust focus for changes in the distance to the subject until you tap the AF OFF icon. In manual focus mode (MF), you can tap the display to focus on the selected subject using autofocus.
OFFAreaTap to select a point for focus or zoom. The focus frame will move to the selected point.
OFFOFFTouch screen mode off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TOUCH SCREEN MODE - 1

  • The behavior of the touch screen varies with the AF mode.
  • To disable touch controls and hide the touch screen mode indicator, select OFF for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING.

- Touch Controls for Focus Zoom

Different touch controls are used during focus zoom (focus check enabled).

Central Area

Tapping the center of the display performs the operations below.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Central Area - 1

ModeStill Photography
TOUCH SHOOTINGAF-S/MF: Take a picture
AFAF-S: AF
MF: Instant AF
AREAAF-S: AF
MF: Instant AF
OFFAF-S/MF: OFF

Other Areas

Tapping other areas simply scrolls the display, whether during still photography or movie recording and regardless of the option selected for touch screen mode.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Other Areas - 1

SHOOTING SETTING (Still Photography)

Adjust shooting options for still photography.

To display shooting settings, press MENU/OK in the photo shooting display and select the (SHOOTING SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHOOTING SETTING (Still Photography) - 1

The options available vary with the shooting mode selected.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHOOTING SETTING (Still Photography) - 2

DRIVE SETTING

Adjust settings for the various drive modes.

BKT SETTING

Choose the bracketing type and adjust bracketing options for the BKT drive mode.

BKT SELECT

The following options are available when BKT is selected for drive mode.

Bracketing type

AE BKTWHITE BALANCE BKT
ISO BKTDYNAMIC RANGE BKT
FILM SIMULATION BKTFOCUS BKT

AE BKT

The following options are available when AE BKT is chosen for BKT SELECT.

OptionDescription
FRAMES/STEP SETTINGChoose the number of shots in the bracketing sequence and the amount exposure is varied with each shot. • FRAMES: Choose the number of shots in the bracketing sequence. • STEP: Choose the amount exposure is varied with each shot.
1 FRAME/CONTINUOUS• 1 FRAME: The shots in the bracketing sequence are taken one at a time. • CONTINUOUS: The shots in the bracketing sequence are taken in a single burst.
SEQUENCE SETTINGChoose the order in which the shots are taken.

ISO BKT

The following options are available when ISO ISO BKT is chosen for BKT SELECT.

Options
±1/3±2/3±1

FILMSIMULATION BKT

Choose the three film simulation types used for film simulation bracketing (122).

WHITE BALANCE BKT

The following options are available when WHITE BALANCE BKT is chosen for BKT SELECT.

Options
±1±2±3

FOCUS BKT SETTING

Choose from AUTO and MANUAL focus bracketing modes.

  • MANUAL: In MANUAL mode, you choose the following.
OptionDescription
FRAMESChoose the number of shots.
STEPChoose the amount focus changes with each shot.
INTERVALChoose the interval between shots.

Focus and FRAMES/STEP

The relation between focus and the options chosen for FRAMES and STEP is shown in the illustration.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus and FRAMES/STEP - 1

Focus proceeds from the starting position toward infinity.
- Small STEP values translate to small changes in focus, larger values to larger changes.
- Regardless of the option chosen for FRAMES, shooting ends when focus reaches infinity.

  • AUTO: In AUTO mode, the camera calculates FRAMES and STEP automatically.

1 Navigate to SHOOTING SETTING > DRIVE SETTING > BKT SETTING in the photo menus, highlight FOCUS BKT, and press MENU/OK.

2 Select AUTO and choose an INTERVAL. The view through the lens will be displayed.

3 Focus on the nearest end of the subject and press MENU/OK. The selected focus distance appears as A on the focus distance indicator.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus and FRAMES/STEP - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus and FRAMES/STEP - 3

The same focus range can be chosen by focusing on the farthest end of the subject first.

4 Focus on the farthest end of the subject and press DISP/BACK. The selected focus distance (B) and focus range (A to B) appear on the focus distance indicator.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus and FRAMES/STEP - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus and FRAMES/STEP - 5

Instead of pressing the DISP/BACK button, you can press MENU/OK and select A again.

5 Take photographs. The camera will calculate values for FRAMES and STEP automatically. The number of frames will appear in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Focus and FRAMES/STEP - 6

CH HIGH SPEED BURST

Select the frame rate used when the drive dial is rotated to CH (continuous high speed). The display frame rate when the electronic shutter is used is 40 fps, or 60 fps in 1.29× crop mode.

Options

Options

20fps(1.29X CROP) [5]13fps(1.29X CROP) [5]10fps(1.29X CROP) [5]
15fps²10fps³

1 Available with electronic shutter only.
213 fps with electronic shutter.
38.9 fps with electronic shutter.

CL LOW SPEED BURST

Select the frame rate used when the drive dial is rotated to CL (continuous low speed).

7.0fps

5.0fps

3.0fps

  • 6.7 fps with electronic shutter.

HDR MODE

Each time the shutter button is pressed, the camera takes three shots, varying exposure each time, and combines them into a single picture. The resulting photograph preserves details in highlights and shadows (图107).

ADV. FILTER SETTING

Choose the filter used when the drive dial is rotated to ADV. (110).

SPORTS FINDER MODE

Take pictures using the crop in the center of the display. Choose this option for pictures of athletes, birds, and other moving subjects.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SPORTS FINDER MODE - 1

OptionDescription
ONPictures are taken using a 1.29× crop, reducing the picture angle by an amount equivalent to increasing lens focal length by 1.29×; the crop is shown by a frame in the display.
OFFThe 1.29× crop is disabled.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SPORTS FINDER MODE - 2

  • The IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > IMAGE SIZE item in the shooting menu is fixed at M.
  • The sports finder is not available in modes that offer an electronic shutter.

PRE-SHOTES

To reduce the lag between your pressing the shutter button all the way down and the resulting picture being recorded to the memory card, the camera starts shooting with the electronic shutter when the shutter button is pressed halfway and saves a series shots starting just before the shutter button is pressed the rest of the way down.

Options
ONOFF
Pre-shot photography is available only when ES ELECTRONIC SHUTTER is selected in CH (high speed burst) drive mode (170). Flash photography is disabled.

SELF-TIMER

Choose a shutter release delay.

OptionDescription
2 SECThe shutter is released two seconds after the shutter button is pressed. Use to reduce blur caused by the camera moving when the shutter button is pressed. The self-timer lamp blinks as the timer counts down.
10 SECThe shutter is released ten seconds after the shutter button is pressed. Use for photographs in which you wish to appear yourself. The self-timer lamp blinks immediately before the picture is taken.
OFFSelf-timer off.

If an option other than OFF is selected, the timer will start when the shutter button is pressed all the way down. The display shows the number of seconds remaining until the shutter is released. To stop the timer before the picture is taken, press DISP/BACK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SELF-TIMER - 1

  • Stand behind the camera when using the shutter button. Standing in front of the lens can interfere with focus and exposure.
  • The self-timer turns off automatically when the camera is turned off.

SAVE SELF-TIMER SETTING

If ON is selected, the chosen self-timer setting will remain in effect after a picture is taken or the camera is turned off.

Options
ONOFF

SELF-TIMER LAMP

If ON is selected, the self-timer lamp will light during self-timer photography. Select OFF when shooting night scenes or in other situations in which you would prefer that the lamp remain unlit.

Options
ONOFF

PHOTOMETRY

Choose how the camera meters exposure (98).

SHUTTERTYPE

Choose the shutter type. Choose the electronic shutter to mute the shutter sound.

OptionDescription
MS MECHANICAL SHUTTERTake pictures with the mechanical shutter.
ES ELECTRONIC SHUTTERTake pictures with the electronic shutter.
EF E-FRONT CURTAIN SHUTTERTake pictures with the electronic front curtain shutter.
M+E MECHANICAL + ELECTRONICThe camera chooses the mechanical or electronic shutter according to shooting conditions.
EF+ M E-FRONT + MECHANICALThe camera chooses the mechanical or electronic front curtain shutter according to shooting conditions.
EF+ M+E E-FRONT + MECHANICAL + ELECTRONICThe camera chooses the mechanical, electronic, or electronic front curtain shutter according to shooting conditions.

If ESELECTRONIC SHUTTER, MECHANICAL + ELECTRONIC, or EF-E-FRONT + MECHANICAL + ELECTRONIC is selected, shutter speeds faster than 1/8000 s can be chosen by rotating the shutter speed dial to 8000 and then rotating the rear command dial.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHUTTERTYPE - 1

  • When using the electronic shutter, note the following:

Distortion may be visible in shots of moving subjects.
- Distortion may also be visible in hand-held shots taken at high shutter speeds; use of a tripod is recommended.
- Banding and fog may occur in shots taken under fluorescent lights or other flickering or erratic illumination.
- When taking pictures with the shutter muted (279), respect your subjects' image rights and right to privacy.
- When using the electronic front-curtain shutter, note the following:
- Faster shutter speeds are more likely to result in uneven exposure and loss of resolution in out-of-focus areas of the frame.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHUTTERTYPE - 2

The following restrictions apply when the electronic shutter is used:

Sensitivity is restricted to values of ISO 12800-125
- Long exposure noise reduction has no effect
- The flash will not fire unless pixel-shift multi-shot is enabled.

INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING

Configure the camera to take photos automatically at a preset interval.

1 Highlight INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING in the (SHOOTING SETTING) tab and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING - 1

2 Highlight WITH IN-CAMERA TIMER and press MENU/OK. Interval-timer settings will be displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING - 3

If you are using a remote release with its own timer, select WITH EXTERNAL TIMER. You will be returned to the shooting display, where you can start interval-timer photography using the remote release.

3 Use the selector to choose the interval and number of shots. Press MENU/OK to proceed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING - 4

4 Use the selector to choose the starting time and then press MENU/OK. Shooting will start automatically.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING - 6

Interval timer photography cannot be used at a shutter speed of "bulb" or with multiple exposure photography. In burst mode, only one picture will be taken each time the shutter is released.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING - 7

  • Use of a tripod is recommended.
  • We recommend using an AC-5VJ AC power adapter.
  • To view the pictures taken so far, press the button during interval-timer photography. To return to the shooting display, press the button again or wait until the start of the next interval.
  • The display turns off between shots and lights a few seconds before the next shot is taken.
  • The display can be activated at any time by pressing the shutter button.
  • The indicator lamp blinks green whenever the displays are off during interval-timer photography.
  • To continue shooting until the number of shots taken equals the number of exposures remaining at the time interval-timer photography started, set the number of shots to .

INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING EXPOSURE SMOOTHING

Select ON to automatically adjust exposure during interval-timer photography to prevent it changing dramatically between shots.

Options
ONOFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING EXPOSURE SMOOTHING - 1

  • Large changes in subject brightness may make exposure appear erratic. We recommend that you choose shorter values for INTERVAL TIMER SHOOTING > INTERVAL with subjects that brighten or dim dramatically during shooting.
  • In manual mode (mode M), exposure smoothing is only available if an A (auto) option is selected for sensitivity.

INTERVAL PRIORITY MODE

If ON is selected, the camera will adjust shutter speed during interval-timer photography to ensure that exposures are not longer than the interval between photographs.

Options
ONOFF

This option takes effect only when shutter speed is set to A (auto).

FLICKER REDUCTION

Reduce flicker in pictures and the display when shooting under fluorescent lighting and other similar light sources.

OptionDescription
ALL FRAMESFlicker reduction is applied to all frames continuous shooting frame rate reduces.
FIRST FRAMEFlicker measurement is taken prior to the first frame only and the same reduction amount is applied to all subsequent frames that flicker may occur.
OFFFlicker reduction disabled.

Flicker reduction increases the time needed to record pictures.
- OFF is selected for FLICKER REDUCTION when the electronic shutter is used.
- Flicker reduction is not available during movie recording.

FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING

Select ON to allow shutter speed to be fine-tuned to reduce flicker caused by LED lighting and the like.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING - 2

This option takes effect only in modes S and M.

IS MODE

Turn image stabilization on or off.

OptionDescription
CONTINUOUSImage stabilization on.
SHOOTING ONLYImage stabilization enabled only when the shutter button is pressed halfway (focus mode C) or the shutter is released.
OFFImage stabilization off; appears in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IS MODE - 1

  • The setting selected with the lens image stabilization switch, if any, takes priority over the setting chosen with IS MODE.
  • Note that vibration or camera sounds may be noticeable as image stabilization takes effect.

ISO AUTO SETTING

Choose the base sensitivity, maximum sensitivity, and minimum shutter speed for use when ISO sensitivity is set to A (auto). Settings for AUTO1, AUTO2, and AUTO3 can be stored separately (图97).

DIGITAL TELE-CONV.

Zoom in on your subject during shooting using ultra-high-resolution digital zoom.

OptionDescription
2.0xTake pictures using 2× zoom. L- and M-size pictures are automatically cropped to size S.
1.4xTake pictures using 1.4× zoom. L- size pictures are automatically cropped to size M.
OFFDigital teleconverter off.

Image quality may drop when the digital teleconverter is used.

The digital teleconverter cannot be used when a 1.29 × crop is selected during burst photography or when ON is selected for SPORTS FINDER MODE.

MULTI EXPOSURE

Choose how the camera combines shots to create a multiple exposure.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MULTI EXPOSURE - 1

OptionDescription
ONAdjust multiple exposure settings and record multiple exposures. • ADDITIVE: The camera adds the exposures together. You may need to lower exposure compensation depending on the number of shots. • AVERAGE: The camera automatically optimizes exposure for the final picture. The background in series shot without changing the composition will be optimally exposed. • BRIGHT: The camera compares the exposures and chooses only the brightest pixel at each location. Colors may be mixed depending on their brightness and hue. • DARK: The camera compares the exposures and chooses only the darkest pixel at each location. Colors may be mixed depending on their brightness and hue.
OFFMultiple exposure mode disabled.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MULTI EXPOSURE - 2

The camera can combine up to nine exposures.

PIXEL SHIFT MULTI SHOT

The camera takes a series of 20 shots, using in-body image stabilization to move the image sensor by half a pixel with each shot and recording each frame in RAW format. Using specialized computer software, the frames can then be combined to create a high-resolution RAW picture.

1 Navigate to ② SHOOTING SETTING in the photo menus, highlight PILXEL SHIFT MULTI SHOT, and press MENU/OK.
2 Choose a value for INTERVAL.

  • We recommend setting INTERVAL to SHORTEST.
  • If you intend to use the flash with every shot, choose a value for INTERVAL long enough to allow the flash to charge between shots.

3 Press the shutter button to start shooting.

  • The shots are recorded to the memory card in RAW format.
  • To minimize vibration, use the self-timer or a remote release.

4 Combine the shots on a computer.

  • The shots can be combined using FUJIFILM Pixel Shift Combiner.
  • To save high-resolution RAW pictures in other formats, use Capture One Express for Fujifilm, Capture One for Fujifilm, or Capture One Pro, available from Capture One A/S. FUJIFILM X RAW STUDIO and RAW FILE CONVERTER EX powered by SILKYPIX cannot be used for this purpose.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PIXEL SHIFT MULTI SHOT - 1

  • Visit the websites below to learn more about or download the following computer software:

  • FUJIFILM Pixel Shift Combiner: https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/pixel-shift-combiner/

  • Capture One Express for Fujifilm: https://wwwcaptureone.com/products-plans/capture-one-express/fujifilm
  • Capture One for Fujifilm: https://wwwcaptureone.com/explore-features/fujifilm
  • Capture One Pro: https://wwwcaptureone.com/explore-features

  • Pixel-shift multi-shot photography can be performed via tethered shooting. For this purpose, use FUJIFILM Pixel Shift Combiner.

  • The flash will synchronize with the shutter at shutter speeds of 125 s or slower.
  • The following limitations apply to the use of the pixel-shift multi-shot option:

  • Pixel-shift multi-shot photography can only be performed using the electronic shutter.

  • Sensitivity is restricted to a maximum of ISO 1600. Choosing higher values or a setting of AUTO results in a sensitivity of ISO 1600, while lower values remain unchanged.
  • The only option available for RAW RECORDING is LOSSLESS COMPRESSED.
  • Pictures taken with C (AF-C) selected for focus mode will be shot in focus mode S (AF-S). Pictures taken with S (AF-S) or M (manual) selected are shot in the chosen focus mode.
  • If the subject or camera moves during shooting, the desired results may not be achieved when the shots are combined.
  • SHOOTING SETTING > FLICKER REDUCTION is automatically set to OFF.
  • The value selected for exposure compensation applies to all 20 shots.

Playback

Pictures taken using the pixel-shift multi-shot option are indicated by a pixel-shift multi-shot icon in full-frame playback (图220).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback - 1

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION

Connect to smartphones running the latest version of apps. The smartphone can then be used to:

Control the camera and take pictures remotely
Receive pictures uploaded from the camera
- Browse the pictures on the camera and download selected pictures
- Upload location data to the camera

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - 1

For more information, visit: https://app.fujifilm-dsc.com/

FLASH SETTING (Still Photography)

Adjust flash-related settings for still photography.

To display flash settings, press MENU/OK in the photo shooting display and select the (FLASH SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FLASH SETTING (Still Photography) - 1

FLASH FUNCTION SETTING

Choose a flash control mode, flash mode, or sync mode or adjust the flash level. The options available vary with the flash.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FLASH FUNCTION SETTING - 1

For more information on flash settings, see "External Flash Units" (341) in "Peripherals and Optional Accessories".

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FLASH FUNCTION SETTING - 2

RED EYE REMOVAL

Remove red-eye effects caused by the flash.

OptionDescription
FLASHFlash red-eye reduction only.
OFFFlash red-eye reduction and digital red-eye removal off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - RED EYE REMOVAL - 1

Flash red-eye reduction can be used in TTL flash control mode.

TTL-LOCK MODE

Instead of adjusting flash level with each shot, TTL flash control can be locked for consistent results across a series of photographs.

OptionDescription
LOCK WITH LAST FLASHFlash output is locked at the value metered for the most recent photo.
LOCK WITH METERING FLASHThe camera emits a series of pre-flashes and locks flash output at the metered value.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TTL-LOCK MODE - 1

  • To use TTL lock, assign TTL-LOCK to a camera control and then use the control to enable or disable TTL lock (图321).
  • Flash compensation can be adjusted while TTL lock is in effect.
  • Selecting LOCK WITH LAST FLASH displays an error message if no previously metered value exists.

LED LIGHT SETTING

Choose whether to use the flash unit's LED video light (if available) as a catchlight or AF-assist illuminator when taking photos.

OptionRole of LED video light in still photography
CATCHLIGHTCatchlight
AF ASSISTAF-assist illuminator
AF ASSIST+CATCHLIGHTAF-assist illuminator and catchlight
OFFNone

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LED LIGHT SETTING - 1

In some cases, this option can also be accessed via the FLASH FUNCTION SETTING menu.

COMMANDER SETTING

Choose groups when using the camera flash unit as a commander for Fujifilm optical wireless remote flash control. This option is available when the camera is used with clip-on flash units that support Fujifilm optical wireless flash control.

Options
Gr AGr BGr COFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COMMANDER SETTING - 1

In some cases, this option can also be accessed via the FLASH FUNCTION SETTING menu.

CH SETTING

Choose the channel used for communication between the commander and remote flash units. Separate channels can be used for different flash systems or to prevent interference when multiple systems are operating in close proximity.

Options
CH1CH2CH3CH4

MOVIE SETTING (Still Photography)

Adjust options for movies shot during still photography using function buttons that have been assigned MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE.

To display movie settings, press MENU/OK in the photo shooting display and select the (MOVIE SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE SETTING (Still Photography) - 1

The options available vary with the shooting mode selected.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE SETTING (Still Photography) - 2

MOVIE MODE

This item is also found in the movie menus (188). Changes here also apply to the item in the movie menus.

HIGH SPEED REC

This item is also found in the movie menus (189). Changes here also apply to the item in the movie menus.

MEDIA REC SETTING

This item is also found in the movie menus (190). Changes here also apply to the item in the movie menus.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MEDIA REC SETTING - 1

IS MODE

This item is also found in the movie menus (196). Changes here also apply to the item in the movie menus.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IS MODE - 1

IS MODE BOOST

This item is also found in the movie menus (196). Changes here also apply to the item in the movie menus.

AUDIO SETTING

Adjust audio-related settings for movie recording.

INTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the recording level for the built-in microphone.

OptionDescription
AUTOThe camera adjusts the recording level automatically.
MANUALAdjust the recording level manually. Choose from 25 recording levels.
OFFTurn the built-in microphone off.

EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the recording level for external microphones.

OptionDescription
AUTOThe camera adjusts the recording level automatically.
MANUALAdjust the recording level manually. Choose from 25 recording levels.
OFFDisable recording using external microphones.

MIC JACK SETTING

Specify the type of hardware connected to the microphone jack.

OptionDescription
MICChoose this option for direct connection to an external micro- phone.
LINEChoose this option for external audio devices connected via line output.

MIC LEVEL LIMITER

Reduces distortion caused by input that exceeds the limits of the microphone's audio circuits.

Options
ONOFF

WIND FILTER

Choose whether to enable wind noise reduction during movie recording.

Options
ONOFF

LOW CUT FILTER

Choose whether to enable the low-cut filter, reducing low-frequency noise during movie recording.

Options
ONOFF

HEADPHONES VOLUME

Adjust the headphone volume.

OptionDescription
0Mute output to the headphones.
1—10Choose a volume of from 1 to 10.

XLR MIC ADAPTER SETTING

Adjust microphone input channel settings and the like for use with XLR microphone adapters.

OptionDescription
MIC INPUT CHANNELRecord four-channel (quadraphonic) sound with the help of the camera's built-in microphone, or two-channel (stereo) sound using only a microphone connected via the XLR microphone adapter. • 4ch XLR+CAMERA: Record four-channel sound with the help of the camera's built-in microphone. • 2ch XLR ONLY: Record two-channel sound using only an external microphone connected via the XLR microphone adapter.
4ch AUDIO MONITORINGChoose the source of sound output to headphones or other audio monitors during movie recording. • XLR: Monitor sound from external microphones connected via the XLR microphone adapter. • CAMERA: Monitor sound from camera's built-in microphone.
HDMI 4ch AUDIO OUTPUTChoose source of audio output to the HDMI connector. • XLR: Audio from external microphones connected via the XLR microphone adapter is output to the HDMI connector. • CAMERA: Audio from camera's built-in microphone is output to the HDMI connector.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - XLR MIC ADAPTER SETTING - 1

  • If an external microphone is connected to the camera's microphone jack, audio will be recorded not via the camera's built-in microphone but via the external microphone instead.
  • Four-channel recording is available only when MOV is selected for movie file format.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - XLR MIC ADAPTER SETTING - 2

REC FRAME INDICATOR

This item is also found in the movie menus (198). Changes here also apply to the item in the movie menus.

MOVIE SETTING (Movie Recording)

Adjust movie-recording options.

To display options for movie recording, press MENU/OK in the movie shooting display and select the (MOVIE SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE SETTING (Movie Recording) - 1

MOVIE SETTING LIST

View current movie recording settings.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE SETTING LIST - 1

These options can also be viewed by pressing the DISP/BACK button while the movie quick menu is displayed.

MOVIE MODE

Before shooting movies, choose the frame rate and the frame size and aspect ratio.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE MODE - 1

1 In the shooting menu, select Movie SETTING, then highlight Movie MODE and press MENU/OK.
2 Press the selector up or down to highlight the desired frame size and aspect ratio (①) and press the selector right.

  • Choose 16:9 for 6.2K movies with an aspect ratio of 16:9.
  • Choose 2K 16:9 or DC1 17:9 for high-quality 4K movies with aspect ratios of 16 or 17 to 9.
  • Choose 4K 16:9 or DC 17:9 for 4K movies with aspect ratios of 16 or 17 to 9.
  • Choose FHD:16:9 or FHD:17:9 for Full HD movies with aspect ratios of 16 or 17 to 9.

3 Highlight a frame rate (②) and press MENU/OK.

Options
23.98P24P25P29.97P50P59.94P

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE MODE - 2

The choice of frame rates varies with the movie mode.

HIGH SPEED REC

Record high-frame-rate movies. High-frame-rate movies can be played back in slow motion, giving you time to view fast-moving subjects or details too fleeting for the naked eye. Select ON to choose the recording and playback rates separately.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - HIGH SPEED REC - 1

Choose ON HDMI ONLY to record footage only to external recorders connected via HDMI. Note that this option does not support playback frame-rate selection.

Frame Size

Options
FHD 16:9FHD 17:9

Playback

Options
23.98P24P25P29.97P50P59.94P

Recording

  • High-speed movies are recorded with no sound.
  • The footage recorded to the memory card is compressed with the goal of maintaining the selected bit rate.
  • The options available for playback rate vary with the option selected for rate of recording.

Choose the delay between the shutter button being pressed all the way down and the start of recording.

  • The display shows the number of seconds remaining before recording begins.
  • To stop the timer before recording begins, press DISP/BACK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Recording - 1

Options
3 SEC5 SEC10 SECOFF

MEDIA REC SETTING

Choose movie file settings, including destination, file type, compression, and bit rate.

MEDIA REC SETTING

Choose movie file settings, including destination, file type, and compression.

Destination

Choose save options and save and output destinations for movies.

OptionDescription
D→2Footage is recorded to the memory card in Slot 1 until the card fills. Any additional footage will then automatically be recorded to the card in Slot 2.
D→1Footage is recorded to the memory card in Slot 2 until the card fills. Any additional footage will then automatically be recorded to the card in Slot 1.
D+2Each movie is recorded twice, once to each card.
HDMIMovies are recorded only to devices connected via HDMI.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Destination - 1

The current movie mode applies to both copies; settings for backup copies cannot be adjusted separately.

File Type and Compression

Choose the movie file type and compression.

OptionDescription
H.264 ALL-I 420 MOVA highly-portable compressed format. Footage is recorded at a depth of 8 bits using All-I interframe compression and 4:2:0 chroma sub-sampling.
H.264 LongGOP 420 MOVA highly-portable compressed format. Footage is recorded at a depth of 8 bits using Long GOP interframe compression and 4:2:0 chroma sub-sampling.
H.264 LongGOP 420 MP4A format suitable for movies that will be uploaded to the web.
H.265 ALL-I 420 MOVA format with a higher compression ratio than H.264. Footage is recorded at a depth of 10 bits using All-I interframe compression and 4:2:0 chroma sub-sampling.
H.265 LongGOP 420 MOVA format with a higher compression ratio than H.264. Footage is recorded at a depth of 10 bits using Long GOP interframe compression and 4:2:0 chroma sub-sampling.
H.265 ALL-I 422 MOVA format with a higher compression ratio than H.264. Footage is recorded at a depth of 10 bits using All-I interframe compression and 4:2:2 chroma sub-sampling.
H.265 LongGOP 422 MOVA format with a higher compression ratio than H.264. Footage is recorded at a depth of 10 bits using Long GOP interframe compression and 4:2:2 chroma sub-sampling.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - File Type and Compression - 1

  • 4:2:2 chroma sub-sampling is used for footage output to external devices connected via HDMI; H.264 footage is output at a bit depth of 8 bits and footage in other formats at a depth of 10 bits.
  • All-I compresses each frame separately. Files are larger, but the fact that the data for each frame are saved separately makes this a good choice for footage that will be further processed.
  • Long GOP balances good image quality with high compression. Files are smaller, making it a good choice for longer movies.
  • The options available for file type and compression vary with the options selected for MOVIE MODE, HIGH SPEED REC, and F-Log/HLG RECORDING.

Bit Rate

Choose the movie bit rate.

Options
50Mbps100Mbps200Mbps360Mbps

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Bit Rate - 1

The options available for bit rate vary with the settings chosen for high-speed movie recording and compression. The actual bit rate may be slower than the selected value depending on the subject.

HDMI OUTPUT SETTING

Adjust settings for use when the shooting display is output to an HDMI device.

HDMI OUTPUT INFO DISPLAY

If ON is selected, HDMI devices to which the camera is connected will mirror the information in the camera display.

Options
ONOFF

HDMI REC CONTROL

Choose whether the camera sends movie start and stop signals to the HDMI device when the shutter button is pressed to start and stop movie recording.

Options
ONOFF

RAW OUTPUT SETTING

Choose whether to output RAW footage to external recorders connected via HDMI.

OptionDescription
RAW OUTPUTOutput RAW footage to ATOMOS video recorders.
SETTING ATOMOS
RAW OUTPUTOutput RAW footage to Blackmagic Design video recorders.
SETTING Blackmagic
OFFDo not output RAW footage to external recorders.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - RAW OUTPUT SETTING - 1

  • Movie frame size automatically changes to 6.2K.
  • RAW footage output to external devices is not saved to the memory cards inserted in the camera.
  • In-camera image enhancements are not applied to the RAW output.
  • ISO sensitivity is restricted to values between ISO 800 and ISO 12800.
  • Footage output to external devices is generated from the original RAW data and its quality, which varies with device specifications, may not be equal to that achieved as the end result of post-production or the like.
  • Focus zoom is not available when RAW is selected for HDMI output.
  • RAW footage output via HDMI to incompatible devices will not display correctly but will instead will display as a mosaic.
  • RAW output is disabled in some movie and high-speed recording modes.

FIX MOVIE CROP MAGNIFICATION

Fix the movie crop ratio at 1.25:1. This makes it easier to match crops after changing movie settings.

Options
ONOFF

F-Log/HLG RECORDING

Choose the destination for F-Log and HLG (Hybrid Log-Gamma) movies shot while the camera is connected to an HDMI device.

OptionDescription
F-Log F-LogThe footage is processed using film simulation and both saved to the memory card and output to the HDMI device.
F-Log2 FLog2The footage is recorded to the memory card and output to the HDMI device in F-Log format.
HLG HLGThe footage is recorded to the memory card and output to the HDMI device in HLG format.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - F-Log/HLG RECORDING - 1

  • F-Log and FLog2 offer gentle gamma curves with wide gamuts suitable for further processing post-production. Sensitivity is restricted to values between ISO 500 and ISO 12800 (F-Log) or between ISO 1000 and ISO 12800 (FLog2).
  • The HLG (Hybrid Log-Gamma) recording format conforms to the international ITU-R BT2100 standard. When viewed on HLG-compatible displays, high-quality HLG footage faithfully captures high-contrast scenes and vivid colors. Sensitivity is restricted to values between ISO 800 and ISO 12800.
  • Film simulation (F) footage is recorded using the option selected for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > FILM SIMULATION in the shooting menu.

DATA LEVEL SETTING

Choose a signal range for movie recording.

OptionDescription
VIDEO RANGEThe signal range for 8-bit movies is limited to 16–235 and that for 10-bit movies to 64–940.
FULL RANGEThe signal ranges for 8-bit and 10-bit movies are respectively 0–255 and 0–1023.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DATA LEVEL SETTING - 1

PHOTOMETRY

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (98).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PHOTOMETRY - 1

FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (174).

Options
ONOFF

Turn image stabilization on or off.

OptionDescription
IBIS/OISEnable in-body (IBIS) and optical (OIS) image stabilization. IBIS is used with lenses that do not support OIS.
IBIS/OIS + DISEnable in-body (IBIS), optical (OIS), and digital (DIS) image stabilization. The crop is adjusted according to the option selected for MOVIE MODE.
OFFImage stabilization off; 以下 appears in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING - 1

  • The setting selected with the lens image stabilization switch, if any, takes priority over the setting chosen with the IS mode.
  • Note that vibration or camera sounds may be noticeable as image stabilization takes effect.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING - 2

IS MODE BOOST

Choose the image stabilization level.

OptionDescription
ONSuitable for hand-held shooting with no panning.
OFFSuitable for hand-held shooting with panning.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IS MODE BOOST - 1

Assigning IS MODE BOOST to a function button allows the image stabilization level to be changed while recording is in progress (321).

ZEBRA SETTING

Highlights that may be overexposed are shown by zebra stripes in the movie mode display.

OptionDescription
ZEBRA RIGHTRight-slanting stripes.
ZEBRA LEFTLeft-slanting stripes.
OFFStripes off.

ZEBRA LEVEL

Choose the brightness threshold for the zebra stripe display.

Options
50556065707580859095100

MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL - 1

Select ON to allow movie settings to be adjusted using only the command dials and touch-screen controls. You may find this helpful in preventing the sounds of camera controls being recorded with movies (图28).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL - 3

REC FRAME INDICATOR

If ON is selected, the borders of the display will turn red during movie recording.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - REC FRAME INDICATOR - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - REC FRAME INDICATOR - 2

The borders are displayed in green during high-speed movie recording.

TALLY LIGHT

Choose the lamp (indicator or AF-assist) that lights during movie recording and whether the lamp blinks or remains steady.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TALLY LIGHT - 1
Indicator lamp

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TALLY LIGHT - 2
AF-assist illuminator

OptionDescription
FRONT OFFREARThe indicator lamp lights during movie recording.
FRONT OFFREARThe indicator lamp blinks during movie recording.
FRONT OFFREARThe indicator and AF-assist lamps light during movie recording.
FRONT OFFREARThe AF-assist lamp lights during movie recording.
FRONT OFFREARThe indicator and AF-assist lamps blink during movie recording.
FRONT OFFREARThe AF-assist lamp blinks during movie recording.
FRONT OFFREARThe indicator and AF-assist lamps remain off during movie recording.

SELECT CUSTOM SETTING

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (134).

EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (134).

AUTO UPDATE CUSTOM SETTING

This item is also found in the photo menus (139).

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION

This item is also found in the photo menus (179).

IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Movie Recording)

Adjust image quality settings for movies.

To display image quality settings, press MENU/OK in the movie shooting display and select the (IMAGE QUALITY SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Movie Recording) - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Movie Recording) - 2

The options available vary with the shooting mode selected.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IMAGE QUALITY SETTING (Movie Recording) - 3

FILMSIMULATION

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (122).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FILMSIMULATION - 1

MONOCHROMATIC COLOR

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (124).

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (126).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MONOCHROMATIC COLOR - 1

DYNAMIC RANGE

Choose a dynamic range for movie recording.

OptionDescription
≥100 100%See “DYNAMIC RANGE” (图130).
≥200 200%
≥200 400%

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DYNAMIC RANGE - 1

  • AUTO (automatic dynamic range control) is not available during movie recording.
  • 200200% is available at sensitivities of from ISO 250 to ISO 12800, 400400% at sensitivities of from ISO 500 to 12800.
  • This item is available when 是 = 是 is selected for MOVIE SETTING > F-Log/HLG RECORDING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DYNAMIC RANGE - 2

TONE CURVE

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (131).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TONE CURVE - 1

COLOR

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (131).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COLOR - 1

SHARPNESS

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (131).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHARPNESS - 1

HIGH ISO NR

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (132).

INTERFRAME NR

Select AUTO to automatically adjust interframe noise reduction according to shooting conditions.

Options
AUTOOFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERFRAME NR - 1

"Ghosting" may occur with moving subjects or if the camera is moved during shooting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INTERFRAME NR - 2

PERIPHERAL LIGHT CORRECTION

Select ON to enable peripheral illumination correction during movie recording.

Options

ON

OFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 1

  • If ON is selected when a lens that does not transmit data to the camera is attached, peripheral illumination will be adjusted according to the option selected for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > MOUNT ADAPTER SETTING > PERIPHERAL ILLUMINATION CORRECTION in the shooting menu (142).
  • Select OFF if you notice banding in movies recorded using this option.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 3

MOUNT ADAPTOR SETTING

This item is also found in the photo menus (140). Changes to one apply to the other.

AF/MF SETTING (Movie Recording)

Adjust focus settings for movies.

To display AF/MF settings, press MENU/OK in the movie shooting display and select the (AF/MF SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF/MF SETTING (Movie Recording) - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF/MF SETTING (Movie Recording) - 2

The options available vary with the shooting mode selected.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF/MF SETTING (Movie Recording) - 3

FOCUS AREA

Choose the focus area for autofocus, manual focus, and focus zoom (87).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FOCUS AREA - 1

The focus area cannot be resized while recording is in progress.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FOCUS AREA - 2

AF MODE

Choose how the camera selects the focus point for movie recording.

OptionDescription
MULTIThe camera selects the focus area automatically.
AREAThe camera focuses on the subject in the selected focus area.

Select focus-tracking options when recording movies in focus mode C.

TRACKING SENSITIVITY

Choose how long the camera waits to switch focus when an object enters the focus area behind or in front of the current subject. See "TRACKING SENSITIVITY" (145).

Options
01234

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TRACKING SENSITIVITY - 1

  • The higher the value, the longer it takes the camera to refocus when you attempt to switch subjects.
  • The lower the value, the more likely the camera is to switch focus from your subject to other objects in the focus area.

AF SPEED

Adjust the autofocus response speed. Choose higher values for faster response times, lower values for slower response times.

Options
-5-4-3-2-10+1+2+3+4+5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF SPEED - 1

WRAP FOCUS POINT

This item is also found in the photo menus (148). Changes to one apply to the other.

AFILLUMINATOR

This item is also found in the photo menus (150). Changes to one apply to the other.

FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING

Enable or disable Intelligent Face Detection when recording movies.

OptionDescription
FACE DETECTION ONSee “FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING” (图151).
OFFIntelligent Face Detection and eye priority off.

When Intelligent Face Detection is enabled, the camera will focus using continuous AF even when single AF (S) is chosen with the focus mode selector. Intelligent Face Detection is not available in manual focus mode.

SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (153).

The camera automatically switches to continuous AF when SUBJECT DETECTION ON is selected for AF/MF SETTING > SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING, even if the focus mode selector is rotated to S. Subject detection is not available in manual focus mode.

AF+MF

Select ON to enable manual focus in focus modes S and C. Manual focus can be suspended by pressing the AFON button.

Options
ONOFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF+MF - 1

MF ASSIST

Choose how focus is displayed in manual focus mode (94).

OptionDescription
FOCUS PEAK HIGHLIGHTThe camera heightens high-contrast outlines. Choose a color and peaking level.
FOCUS METERA needle indicates whether focus is in front of or behind the subject.
FOCUS METER + PEAK HIGHLIGHTFocus is indicated by both a meter and peak highlights.
OFFFocus is displayed normally (focus peaking and the focus meter are not available).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MF ASSIST - 1

FOCUS CHECK

Options are the same as those for still photography, but settings must be adjusted separately (156).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FOCUS CHECK - 1

INSTANT AF SETTING

This item is also found in the photo menus (157). Changes to one apply to the other.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - INSTANT AF SETTING - 1

Instant AF is disabled during movie recording. Use instant AF to focus before recording begins.

DEPTH-OF-FIELD SCALE

This item is also found in the photo menus (157). Changes to one apply to the other.

AF RANGE LIMITER

This item is also found in the photo menus (159). Changes to one apply to the other.

Choose the shooting operations performed using touch controls.

ModeDescription
AFTapping the display focuses the camera on the selected point. Use the shutter button to start and stop recording. ·In focus mode S (AF-S), you can refocus at any time by tapping your subject in the display. ·In focus mode C (AF-C), the camera will continuously adjust focus for changes in the distance to the subject at point selected by tapping the display. ·When shooting movies in focus mode M (MF), you can tap the display before recording begins to focus on the selected point using Instant AF, and tap the display during recording to position the focus point.
AREATap to position the focus area. Use the shutter button to start and stop recording. ·In focus mode S (AF-S), you can reposition the focus area at any time by tapping your subject in the display. To focus, use the button to which AF-ON is assigned. ·In focus mode C (AF-C), the camera will continuously adjust focus for changes in the distance to the subject at point selected by tapping the display. ·In manual focus mode (MF), you can tap the display to position the focus area over your subject.
OFFTouch screen mode off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF RANGE LIMITER - 1

  • The behavior of the touch screen varies with the AF mode.
  • To disable touch controls and hide the touch screen mode indicator, select OFF for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING.

- Touch Controls for Focus Zoom

Different touch controls are used during focus zoom (focus check enabled).

Central Area

Tapping the center of the display performs the operations below.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Central Area - 1

ModeMovie Recording
AFAF-S: AF
MF: Instant AF
AREAAF-S: AF
MF: Instant AF
OFFAF-S/MF: OFF

Other Areas

Tapping other areas simply scrolls the display, whether during still photography or movie recording and regardless of the option selected for touch screen mode.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Other Areas - 1

FOCUS CHECK LOCK

Choose whether focus zoom remains in effect once movie recording begins.

Options
ONOFF

AUDIO SETTING (Movie Recording)

Adjust settings for audio recorded during filming.

To display audio settings, press MENU/OK in the movie shooting display and select the (AUDIO SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AUDIO SETTING (Movie Recording) - 1

INTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the recording level for the built-in microphone.

OptionDescription
AUTOThe camera adjusts the recording level automatically.
MANUALAdjust the recording level manually. Choose from 25 recording levels.
OFFTurn the built-in microphone off.

EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the recording level for external microphones.

OptionDescription
AUTOThe camera adjusts the recording level automatically.
MANUALAdjust the recording level manually. Choose from 25 recording levels.
OFFDisable recording using external microphones.

MIC JACK SETTING

Specify the type of hardware connected to the microphone jack.

OptionDescription
MICChoose this option for direct connection to an external micro- phone.
LINEChoose this option for external audio devices connected via line output.

MIC LEVEL LIMITER

Reduces distortion caused by input that exceeds the limits of the microphone's audio circuits.

Options
ONOFF

WIND FILTER

Choose whether to enable wind noise reduction during movie recording.

Options
ONOFF

LOW CUT FILTER

Choose whether to enable the low-cut filter, reducing low-frequency noise during movie recording.

Options
ONOFF

HEADPHONES VOLUME

Adjust the headphone volume.

OptionDescription
0Mute output to the headphones.
1—10Choose a volume of from 1 to 10.

XLR MIC ADAPTER SETTING

Adjust microphone input channel settings and the like for use with XLR microphone adapters.

OptionDescription
MIC INPUT CHANNELRecord four-channel (quadraphonic) sound with the help of the camera's built-in microphone, or two-channel (stereo) sound using only a microphone connected via the XLR microphone adapter. • 4ch XLR+CAMERA: Record four-channel sound with the help of the camera's built-in microphone. • 2ch XLR ONLY: Record two-channel sound using only an external microphone connected via the XLR microphone adapter.
4ch AUDIO MONITORINGChoose the source of sound output to headphones or other audio monitors during movie recording. • XLR: Monitor sound from external microphones connected via the XLR microphone adapter. • CAMERA: Monitor sound from camera's built-in microphone.
HDMI 4ch AUDIO OUTPUTChoose source of audio output to the HDMI connector. • XLR: Audio from external microphones connected via the XLR microphone adapter is output to the HDMI connector. • CAMERA: Audio from camera's built-in microphone is output to the HDMI connector.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - XLR MIC ADAPTER SETTING - 1

  • If an external microphone is connected to the camera's microphone jack, audio will be recorded not via the camera's built-in microphone but via the external microphone instead.
  • Four-channel recording is available only when MOV is selected for movie file format.

TIME CODE SETTING (Movie Recording)

Adjust time code (hour, minute, second, and frame number) display settings for movie recording.

To display time code settings, press MENU/OK in the movie shooting display and select the (TIME CODE SETTING) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TIME CODE SETTING (Movie Recording) - 1

TIME CODE DISPLAY

Select ON to display time codes during movie recording and playback.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TIME CODE DISPLAY - 1

STARTTIME SETTING

Choose the time code starting time.

OptionDescription
MANUAL INPUTChoose a start time manually.
CURRENT TIMESet the start time to the current time.
RESETSet the start time to 00:00:00.

COUNT UP SETTING

Choose whether time is clocked continuously or only during movie recording.

OptionDescription
REC RUNTime is clocked only during movie recording.
FREE RUNTime is clocked continuously.

DROP FRAME

At frame rates of 59.94P, and 29.97P, a discrepancy will gradually develop between the time code (measured in seconds) and the actual recording time (measured in fractions of a second). Choose whether the camera drops frames as necessary to match the recording time to the time code.

OptionDescription
ONThe camera drops frames as necessary to maintain a strict match between the time code and the actual recording time.
OFFFrames are not dropped.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DROP FRAME - 1

The time code display varies with the option selected.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DROP FRAME - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DROP FRAME - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DROP FRAME - 4
ON
OFF

  • Selecting a frame rate of 23.98P disables frame drop.

HDMI TIME CODE OUTPUT

Choose whether time codes are output to HDMI devices.

Options
ONOFF

Playback and the Playback Menu

ThePlaybackDisplay

This section lists the indicators that may be displayed during playback.

For illustrative purposes, displays are shown with all indicators lit.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - ThePlaybackDisplay - 1

① Date and time 48, 50, 273
(2) Frame-number display
(3) Location data 310
④ Bluetooth ON/OFF
⑤ Image transfer order
⑥ Image transfer status
Number of frames selected for upload
(8) Protected image 234
9 Card slot. 225
10 Frame number 308
(11) Bluetooth host 249
(12) Pixel-shift multi-shot 177
⑬ Low battery. 47
(14) Image quality. 119
(15) Movie mode 188
16 HEIF. 121
17 Image size 118
(18) Film format. 191
(19) Film simulation 122
20 Dynamic range 130
(21) HDR. 107

22 White balance 126
Sensitivity. 96
24 Exposure compensation. 99
25 Aperture. 73, 78, 80
26 Time code 216
27Shutter speed. 73,74,80
28Playback mode indicator. 56
29 Movie icon 69
30 Four-channel (quadrophonic) audio 186,215
31 HDR image 107
32 Red-eye removal indicator. 180
3 Advanced filter. 109
34 Face detection indicator. 151
35 Digital teleconverter 175
36 Photobook assist indicator. 242
DPOF print indicator. 244
38 Rating. 237
(39) Voice memo 236
40 Gift image. 56

The DISP/BACK Button

The DISP/BACK button controls the display of indicators during playback.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The DISP/BACK Button - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The DISP/BACK Button - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The DISP/BACK Button - 3

Viewing Photo Information

The photo information display changes each time the selector is pressed up.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Photo Information - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Photo Information - 2
Basic data

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Photo Information - 3
Info display 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Photo Information - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Photo Information - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Photo Information - 6
Info display 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Photo Information - 7

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Photo Information - 8
Info display 2

Zooming in on the Focus Point

Press the center of the rear command dial to zoom in on the focus point. Press again to return to full-frame playback.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Zooming in on the Focus Point - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Zooming in on the Focus Point - 2

Viewing Pictures

Read this section for information on playback zoom and multi-frame playback.

Use the rear command dial to go from full-frame playback to playback zoom or multi-frame playback.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 2
Full-frame playback

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 3
Multi-frame playback

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 6
Nine-frame view

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 7

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 8

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 9

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 10
Hundred-frame view

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 11
Playback zoom
DISP/BACK
MENU/OK

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 12
Medium zoom

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 13

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 14

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 15

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 16
Maximum zoom

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing Pictures - 17

Playback Zoom

Rotate the rear command dial right to zoom in on the current picture, left to zoom out. To exit zoom, press DISP/BACK, MENU/OK, or the center of the rear command dial.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Playback Zoom - 1

The maximum zoom ratio varies with the option selected for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > IMAGE SIZE.

Scroll

When the picture is zoomed in, the selector can be used to view areas of the image not currently visible in the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Scroll - 1

Navigation window

Multi-Frame Playback

To change the number of images displayed, rotate the rear command dial left when a picture is displayed full frame.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Multi-Frame Playback - 1

  • Use the selector to highlight images and press MENU/OK to view the highlighted image full frame.
  • In the nine- and hundred-frame displays, press the selector up or down to view more pictures.

The Playback Menu

Adjust playback settings.

The playback menu is displayed when you press MENU/OK in playback mode.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Playback Menu - 1

SWITCH SLOT

Choose the card from which images will be played back.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SWITCH SLOT - 1

If two memory cards are inserted, you can press and hold the button to choose a card for playback.

RAW CONVERSION

Even if you don't have a computer, you can use the camera to modify RAW pictures and save them in other formats.

Saving RAW Pictures in Another Format

1 Display a RAW picture.
2 Highlight RAW CONVERSION in the playback menu.
3 Press MENU/OK.

A list of settings will be displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Saving RAW Pictures in Another Format - 1

4 Press the selector up or down to highlight a setting.
5 Press the selector right to display options.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Saving RAW Pictures in Another Format - 2

6 Press the selector up or down to highlight the desired option.
7 Press MENU/OK to select the highlighted option. The settings list shown in Step 3 will be displayed. Repeat Steps 4 to 7 to adjust additional settings.
Press the Q button.

A preview of the copy will be displayed.

9 Press MENU/OK.

The copy will be saved.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Saving RAW Pictures in Another Format - 3

RAW conversion options can also be displayed by pressing the Q button when a RAW picture is displayed during playback.

The settings that can be adjusted when converting pictures from RAW to another format are:

SettingDescription
REFLECT SHOOTING COND.Create a copy using the settings in effect at the time the photo was taken.
FILE TYPEChoose a file format.
IMAGE SIZEChoose an image size.
IMAGE QUALITYAdjust image quality.
PUSH/PULL PROCESSINGAdjust exposure.
DYNAMIC RANGEEnhance details in highlights for natural contrast.
D RANGE PRIORITYReduce loss of detail in highlights and shadows for natural-looking results when photographing high-contrast scenes.
FILM SIMULATIONSimulate the effects of different types of film.
MONOCHROMATIC COLORChoose a monochrome tint for photographs taken using FILM SIMULATION > ACROS and MONOCHROME.
GRAIN EFFECTAdd a film grain effect.
COLOR CHROME EFFECTIncrease the range of tones available for rendering colors that tend to be highly saturated, such as reds, yellows, and greens.
COLOR CHROME FX BLUEIncrease the range of tones available for rendering blues.
SMOOTH SKIN EFFECTSmooth complexions.
WHITE BALANCEAdjust white balance.
WB SHIFTFine-tune white balance.
TONE CURVEAdjust highlights and shadows.
COLORAdjust color density.
SHARPNESSSharpen or soften outlines.
HIGH ISO NRProcess the copy to reduce mottling.
CLARITYIncrease definition.
LENS MODULATION OPTIMIZERImprove definition by adjusting for diffraction and the slight loss of focus at the periphery of the lens.
COLOR SPACEChoose the color space used for color reproduction.
HDR MODEReduce loss of detail in highlights and shadows.
DIGITAL TELE-CONV.Switch to the crop in effect when the photo was taken.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Saving RAW Pictures in Another Format - 4

Some settings may be unavailable depending on the options chosen when the picture was taken.

HEIF TO JPEG/TIFF CONVERSION

Convert HEIF pictures to JPEG or TIFF.

SELECT IMAGES

Select HEIF pictures for conversion.

FILE FORMAT

Choose a format for the converted pictures.

Options
JPEGTIFF 8bitTIFF 16bit

Choose the memory card to which the converted pictures will be saved.

Options
SLOT 1SLOT 2

ERASE

Delete individual pictures, multiple selected pictures, or all pictures.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - ERASE - 1

Deleted pictures cannot be recovered. Protect important pictures or copy them to a computer or other storage device before proceeding.

OptionDescription
FRAMEDelete pictures one at a time.
SELECTED FRAMESDelete multiple selected pictures.
ALL FRAMESDelete all unprotected pictures.

FRAME

1 Select FRAME for ERASE in the playback menu.
2 Press the selector left or right to scroll through pictures and press MENU/OK to delete.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FRAME - 1

  • A confirmation dialog is not displayed before pictures are deleted; be sure the correct picture is selected before pressing MENU/OK.
  • Additional pictures can be deleted by pressing MENU/OK. Press the multi selector left or right to scroll through pictures and press MENU/OK to delete.

SELECTED FRAMES

1 Select SELECTED FRAMES for ERASE in the playback menu.
2 Highlight pictures and press MENU/OK to select.

  • Selected pictures are indicated by check marks (☑).
  • To deselect a highlighted picture, press MENU/OK again.

3 When the operation is complete, press DISP/BACK to display a confirmation dialog.
4 Highlight OK and press MENU/OK to delete the selected pictures.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SELECTED FRAMES - 1

Pictures in photobooks or printer orders are shown by 11.

ALL FRAMES

1 Select ALL FRAMES for ERASE in the playback menu.
2 A confirmation dialog will be displayed; highlight OK and press MENU/OK to delete all unprotected pictures.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - ALL FRAMES - 1

  • Pressing DISP/BACK cancels deletion; note that any pictures deleted before the button was pressed cannot be recovered.
  • If a message appears stating that the selected images are part of a DPOF print order, press MENU/OK to delete the pictures.

SIMULTANEOUS DELETE

Taking photos with SEPARATE selected for SAVE DATA SET-UP > CARD SLOT SETTING creates two copies. Choose whether deleting the RAW image will also delete the JPEG or HEIF copy.

OptionDescription
ONDeleting the RAW image from the card in Slot 1 also deletes the JPEG or HEIF copy from the card in Slot 2.
OFFDeleting the RAW image from the card in Slot 1 does not delete the JPEG or HEIF copy from the card in Slot 2.

CROP

Create a cropped copy of the current picture.

1 Display the desired picture.
2 Select CROP in the playback menu.
3 Use the rear command dial to zoom in and out and press the selector up, down, left, or right to scroll the picture until the desired portion is displayed.
4 Press MENU/OK to display a confirmation dialog.
5 Press MENU/OK again to save the cropped copy to a separate file.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CROP - 1

  • The higher the zoom ratio, the smaller the number of pixels in the cropped copy.
  • If the size of the final copy will be 840, YES will be displayed in yellow.
  • All copies have an aspect ratio of 3:2.

RESIZE

Create a small copy of the current picture.

1 Display the desired picture.
2 Select RESIZE in the playback menu.
3 Highlight a size and press MENU/OK to display a confirmation dialog.
4 Press MENU/OK again to save the resized copy to a separate file.

The sizes available vary with the size of the original image.

PROTECT

Protect pictures from accidental deletion. Highlight one of the following options and press MENU/OK.

OptionDescription
FRAMEProtect selected pictures. Press the selector left or right to view pictures and press MENU/OK to select or deselect. Press DISP/BACK when the operation is complete.
SET ALLProtect all pictures.
RESET ALLRemove protection from all pictures.

Protected pictures will be deleted when the memory card is formatted.
- Protecting images currently selected for upload to paired smartphones or tablets removes upload marking.
- Protection can also be added or removed by pressing the AFON button during playback.

IMAGE ROTATE

Rotate pictures.

1 Select ON for SCREEN SET-UP > AUTOROTATE PB.
2 Display the desired picture.
3 Select IMAGE ROTATE in the playback menu.
4 Press the selector down to rotate the picture 90^ clockwise, up to rotate it 90^ counterclockwise.
Press MENU/OK. The picture will automatically be displayed in the selected orientation whenever it is played back on the camera.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IMAGE ROTATE - 1

  • Protected pictures cannot be rotated. Remove protection before rotating pictures.
  • The camera may not be able to rotate pictures created with other devices. Pictures rotated on the camera will not be rotated when viewed on a computer or on other cameras.
  • Pictures taken with 2 SCREEN SET-UP > AUTOROTATE PB are automatically displayed in the correct orientation during playback.

VOICE MEMO SETTING

Add a voice memo to the current photograph.

1 Select ON for VOICE MEMO SETTING in the playback menu.
2 Display a photo to which you wish to add a voice memo.
3 Press and hold the center of the front command dial to record the memo. Recording ends after 30 s or when you release the dial.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - VOICE MEMO SETTING - 1

  • The new memo will be recorded over any existing memos.
    Voice memos cannot be added to protected pictures.
  • Deleting the picture also deletes the memo.

Playing Voice Memos

Pictures with voice memos are indicated by icons during playback.

  • To play a memo, select the picture and press the center of the front command dial.
  • A progress bar will be displayed while the memo plays back.
  • Volume can be adjusted by pressing MENU/OK to pause playback and display volume controls. Press the selector up or down to adjust the volume and press MENU/OK again to resume playback. Volume can also be adjusted using SOUND SET-UP > PLAYBACK VOLUME.

RATING

Rate pictures using stars.

1 Select RATING in the playback menu.
2 Rotate the front command dial to choose a picture and the rear command dial to choose a rating of from 0 to 5 stars ("★").

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - RATING - 1

  • The selector can be used in place of the front command dial to choose a picture.
  • The rating dialog can also be displayed by pressing the AEL button in single-frame, nine-frame, or hundred-frame playback.
  • Use touch controls to zoom in or out.
  • Ratings cannot be applied to:

  • Protected pictures
    Movies
    -Gift"pictures pictures taken with other cameras)

COPY

Copy pictures between the cards in the first and second slots.

1 Select COPY in the playback menu.
2 Highlight one of the following options.

OptionDescription
SLOT1 → SLOT2Copy pictures from the card in the first slot to the card in the second slot.
SLOT2 → SLOT1Copy pictures from the card in the second slot to the card in the first slot.

3 Press the selector right.
4 Highlight one of the following options and press MENU/OK.

OptionDescription
FRAMECopy selected pictures. Press the selector left or right to view pictures and press MENU/OK to copy the current picture.
ALL FRAMESCopy all pictures.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COPY - 1

  • Copying ends when the destination is full.
  • If you attempt to copy a file over 4 GB in size to a memory card with a capacity of 32 GB or less, copying will end and the file will not be copied.

TRANSFER IMAGE TO SMARTPHONE

Select photos for upload to a paired smartphone or tablet via Bluetooth (249).

1 Select TRANSFER IMAGE TO SMARTPHONE > SELECT FRAMES.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Select TRANSFER IMAGE TO SMARTPHONE > SELECT FRAMES. - 1

Select RESET to remove "upload to smartphone" marking from all pictures before proceeding.

2 Mark pictures for upload.

Highlight pictures and press MENU/OK to mark them for upload.

  • To switch to the memory card in the other slot or display only pictures that meet selected criteria, press DISP/BACK before marking begins.
    To select all pictures, press the Q button.
  • Selecting any two pictures with the AEL button also selects all pictures between them.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Mark pictures for upload. - 1

3 Press DISP/BACK and select START TRANSFER.

The selected pictures will be uploaded.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Press DISP/BACK and select START TRANSFER. - 1

Filtering Pictures/Choosing a Slot

To switch to the memory card in the other slot or display only pictures that meet selected criteria, press DISP/BACK in the picture-selection dialog.

  • To display only pictures that meet selected criteria, choose FILTERING.
  • To switch to the memory card in the other slot, choose SWITCH MEMORY CARD SLOT.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Filtering Pictures/Choosing a Slot - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Filtering Pictures/Choosing a Slot - 2

Switching slots or changing the filter criteria removes any existing upload marking.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Filtering Pictures/Choosing a Slot - 3

  • Image transfer orders can contain a maximum of 999 pictures.
  • The following cannot be selected for upload:

  • Protected pictures
    Movies

  • RAW images
    -Gift"pictures pictures taken with other cameras)

  • If ON is selected for both IMAGE TRANSFER WHILE POWER OFF and Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING > Bluetooth ON/OFF in the network/USB settings menu, upload to the paired device will continue even while the camera is off.

  • When SMARTPHONE TRANSFER ORDER is selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > Fn1 BUTTON SETTING, the picture-selection dialog can be displayed by pressing the Fn1 button.

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION

Connect to smartphones running the latest apps. The smartphone can then be used to:

Control the camera and take pictures remotely
- Receive pictures uploaded from the camera
- Browse the pictures on the camera and download selected pictures
- Upload location data to the camera

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - 1

  • For downloads and other information, visit: https://app.fujifilm-dsc.com/
  • If WIRELESS COMMUNICATION is selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > Fn1 BUTTON SETTING, you can connect to the smartphone using the Fn1 button.

SLIDE SHOW

View pictures in an automated slide show. Press MENU/OK to start and press the selector right or left to skip ahead or back. Press DISP/BACK at any time during the show to view on-screen help. The show can be ended at any time by pressing MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SLIDE SHOW - 1

The camera will not turn off automatically while a slide show is in progress.

PHOTOBOOK ASSIST

Create books from your favorite photos.

Creating a Photobook

1 Select NEW BOOK for 2 PLAY BACK MENU > PHOTOBOOK ASSIST.
2 Scroll through the images and press the selector up to select or deselect. Press MENU/OK to exit when the book is complete.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Creating a Photobook - 1

  • Neither photographs 640 or smaller nor movies can be selected for photobooks.
  • The first picture selected becomes the cover image. Press the focus stick down to select the current image for the cover instead.

3 Highlight COMPLETE PHOTOBOOK and press MENU/OK (to select all photos for the book, choose SELECT ALL). The new book will be added to the list in the photobook assist menu.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Creating a Photobook - 2

Books can contain up to 300 pictures.
- Books that contain no photos are automatically deleted.

Viewing Photobooks

Highlight a book in the photobook assist menu and press MENU/OK to display the book, then press the selector left or right to scroll through the pictures.

Editing and Deleting Photobooks

Display the photobook and press MENU/OK. The following options will be displayed; select the desired option and follow the on-screen instructions.

  • EDIT: Edit the book as described in "Creating a Photobook".
  • ERASE: Delete the book.

Create a digital "print order" for DPOF-compatible printers.

1 Select 2 PLAY BACK MENU > PRINT ORDER (DPOF).
2 Select WITH DATE to print the date of recording on pictures, WITHOUT DATE to print pictures without dates, or RESET ALL to remove all pictures from the print order before proceeding.
3 Display a picture you wish to include in or remove from the print order.
4 Press the selector up or down to choose the number of copies (up to 99).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PRINT ORDER (DPOF) - 1

To remove a picture from the order, press the selector down until the number of copies is 0.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PRINT ORDER (DPOF) - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PRINT ORDER (DPOF) - 3

Repeat steps 3-4 to complete the print order.

5 The total number of prints is displayed in the monitor. Press MENU/OK to exit.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - PRINT ORDER (DPOF) - 4

  • The pictures in the current print order are indicated by a icon during playback.
  • Print orders can contain a maximum of 999 pictures from a single memory card.
  • If a memory card is inserted containing a print order created by another camera, you will need to delete the order before creating as described above.

instax PRINTER PRINT

To print pictures to optional Fujifilm instax SHARE printers, first select instax PRINTER CONNECTION SETTING in the network/USB settings menu and enter the instax SHARE printer name (SSID) and password, then follow the steps below.

1 Turn the printer on.
2 Select PLAY BACK MENU > instax PRINTER PRINT. The camera will connect to the printer.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - instax PRINTER PRINT - 1

3 Use the selector to display the picture you want to print, then press MENU/OK. The picture will be sent to the printer and printing will start.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - instax PRINTER PRINT - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - instax PRINTER PRINT - 3

  • Pictures taken with other cameras cannot be printed.
  • The area printed is smaller than the area visible in the LCD monitor.
  • The displays may vary depending on the printer connected.

DISP ASPECT

Choose the aspect ratio used for the display of still pictures on High Definition (HD) devices (this option is available only when an HDMI cable is connected).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DISP ASPECT - 1

Options

16:9

3:2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 1

Choose 16:9 to display photos with an aspect ratio of 3:2 full screen. The pictures will be displayed full screen with tops and bottoms cropped out.

Network/USB Features and Settings

Overview

This chapter outlines features that can among other things be used to upload pictures to, or control the camera and take pictures remotely from, a smartphone or computer.

Supported Features

This camera supports the following features:

FeatureDescription
Connecting to the smartphone appConnect to smartphones via Bluetooth® and upload pictures or control the camera remotely while the smartphone displays the view through the lens.249
USB card readersConnect a card reader to a computer or smartphone via USB and copy pictures from memory cards.252
Web cameraConnect the camera to a computer via USB for use as a webcam.257
instax printersPrint pictures on connected instax printers.258
Tethered photographyTake pictures from a computer to which the camera is connected ("tethered") via wireless LAN or USB.260
RAW processingHarness the power of the camera's image processing engine when processing RAW pictures on a computer.262
Saving and Loading SettingsSave camera settings to, or load existing settings from, a computer or smartphone.263

Connecting to Smartphones (Bluetooth)

Connect the camera with a smartphone via Bluetooth® to copy pictures to the smartphone or control the camera remotely while previewing the view through the lens in the smartphone display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting to Smartphones (Bluetooth) - 1

The camera automatically switches to a wireless LAN connection when copying pictures to the smartphone.

Installing Smartphone Apps

Before establishing a connection between the smartphone and camera, you will need to install at least one dedicated smartphone app. Visit the following website and install the desired apps on your phone.

https://app.fujifilm-dsc.com/

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Installing Smartphone Apps - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Installing Smartphone Apps - 2

The apps available vary with the smartphone operating system.

Connecting to a Smartphone

Pair the camera with the smartphone and connect via Bluetooth®.

1 Press the (Bluetooth) button when the camera is in shooting mode.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting to a Smartphone - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting to a Smartphone - 2

You can also proceed directly to Step 3 by holding the button during playback.

2 Highlight Bluetooth and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting to a Smartphone - 3

3 Highlight PAIRING and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting to a Smartphone - 4

4 Launch the app on the smartphone and pair the smartphone with the camera.

More information is available at the following website: https://app.fujifilm-dsc.com/

When pairing is complete, the camera and smartphone will automatically connect via Bluetooth. A smartphone icon and a white Bluetooth icon will appear in the camera display when a connection is established.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting to a Smartphone - 5

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting to a Smartphone - 6

  • Once the devices have been paired, the smartphone will automatically connect to the camera when the app is launched.
  • Disabling Bluetooth when the camera is not connected to a smartphone reduces the drain on the battery.

Using the Smartphone App

Read this section for information on the options available for downloading pictures to your smartphone using the smartphone app.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Using the Smartphone App - 1

Before proceeding, select ON for Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING > Bluetooth ON/OFF.

Selecting and Downloading Pictures Using the Smartphone App

You can download selected pictures to a smartphone using the smartphone app.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Selecting and Downloading Pictures Using the Smartphone App - 1

More information is available from the following website:

https://app.fujifilm-dsc.com/

Uploading Pictures as They Are Taken

Pictures taken with ON selected for Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING > AUTO IMAGE TRANSFER ORDER in the network/USB setting menu will automatically be uploaded to the paired device.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Uploading Pictures as They Are Taken - 1

  • If ON is selected for both IMAGE TRANSFER WHILE POWER OFF and Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING > Bluetooth ON/OFF in the network/USB settings menu, upload to the paired device will continue even while the camera is off.
  • Selecting ON for Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING > RESIZE IMAGE FOR SMARTPHONE in the network/USB setting menu enables compression, reducing file size for upload (266).
  • Pictures are uploaded in the format chosen for Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING > SELECT FILE TYPE in the network/USB setting menu.

Selecting Pictures for Upload in the Playback Menu

Use TRANSFER IMAGE TO SMARTPHONE > SELECT FRAMES to select pictures for upload to a paired smartphone or tablet via Bluetooth® (图239).

Connecting to Smartphones (USB)

Connect to smartphones and computers via USB to upload pictures from the camera.

Copying Pictures to a Smartphone

Before connecting to the smartphone to upload pictures via USB, select either AUTO or POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.

For Customers Using Android Devices

How you will connect the camera depends on the type of USB connector with which your smartphone is equipped.

Type-C

Use the supplied USB cable.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Type-C - 1

Micro-B

Use a USB on-the-go (OTG) cable.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Micro-B - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Micro-B - 2

  • The smartphone must support USB OTG.
  • The desired results cannot be achieved with a USB Type-C-to-Mirco-B cable. Use an OTG cable.

1 Select either AUTO or POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
2 Select USB CARD READER for CONNECTION MODE.
3 Connect the camera and smartphone using a USB cable.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Micro-B - 3

If the smartphone asks for permission for an app other than the "Camera Importer" to access the camera, tap "Cancel" and move on to the next step.

4 On your smartphone, tap the notification "Connected to USB PTP".

5 From the recommended apps, select "Camera Importer". The app will automatically start and allow you to import photos and movies to your smartphone.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Micro-B - 4

If the message "There is no MTP device connected" appears on the app, please try again from step 3.

For Customers Using iOS

Use a camera adapter. Given that the camera is equipped with a USB Type-C connector, you will need to supply a cable with a USB Type-A connector for connection to the camera adapter.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - For Customers Using iOS - 1

1 Select POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
2 Select USB CARD READER for CONNECTION MODE.
3 Connect the camera and smartphone using a USB cable. Launch the Photos app to import photos and movies to your smartphone.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - For Customers Using iOS - 2

  • A Type-C to Type-C USB cable is required for connection to iPad and other devices equipped with USB Type-C connectors.
  • The desired results cannot be achieved with a USB Type-C-to-Lightning cable. Use a camera adapter.

Connecting the Camera and Computer

1 Select either AUTO or POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
2 Select USB CARD READER for CONNECTION MODE.
3 Turn the camera off.
4 Turn the computer on.
5 Connect a USB cable.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting the Camera and Computer - 1

The USB cable must be no more than 1 m (3.3 ft.) long and be suitable for data transfer.

6 Turn the camera on.
7 Copy pictures to your computer.

  • MacOS X/OS X/macOS: Pictures can be copied to your computer using Image Capture (supplied with your computer) or other software. Use a card reader to copy files over 4 GB in size.
  • Windows: Pictures can be copied to your computer using apps supplied with the operating system.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Connecting the Camera and Computer - 2

  • Turn the camera off before disconnecting the USB cable.
  • When connecting USB cables, be sure the connectors are fully inserted in the correct orientation. Connect the camera directly to the computer; do not use a USB hub or keyboard.
  • Loss of power during transfer could result in loss of data or damage to the memory card. Insert a fresh or fully-charged battery before connecting the camera.
  • If a memory card containing a large number of images is inserted, there may be a delay before the software starts and you may be unable to import or save images. Use a memory card reader to transfer pictures.
  • Make sure that the indicator lamp is off or lit green before turning the camera off.
  • Do not disconnect the USB cable while transfer is in progress. Failure to observe this precaution could result in loss of data or damage to the memory card.
  • Disconnect the camera before inserting or removing memory cards.
  • In some cases, it may not be possible to access pictures saved to a network server using the software in the same way as on a standalone computer.
  • Do not immediately remove the camera from the system or disconnect the USB cable once the message stating that copying is in progress clears from the computer display. If the number of images copied is very large, data transfer may continue after the message has ceased to be displayed.
  • The user bears all applicable fees charged by the phone company or Internet service provider when using services that require an Internet connection.

Using the Camera as a Webcam

The camera can be connected to a computer for use as a webcam.

1 Select either AUTO or POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
2 Select USB WEBCAM for CONNECTION MODE.
3 Connect the camera to the computer via USB and then turn the camera on (图255).
4 Select the camera in the app where it will be used as a webcam.

instax SHARE Printers

Print pictures from your digital camera to instax SHARE printers.

Establishing a Connection

Select instax PRINTER CONNECTION SETTING in the network/USB setting menu and enter the instax SHARE printer name (SSID) and password.

The Printer Name (SSID) and Password

The printer name (SSID) can be found on the bottom of the printer; the default password is "1111". If you have already chosen a different password to print from a smartphone, enter that password instead.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Printer Name (SSID) and Password - 1

Printing Pictures

1 Turn the printer on.
2 Select PLAY BACK MENU > instax PRINTER PRINT. The camera will connect to the printer.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Printing Pictures - 1

3 Use the selector to display the picture you want to print, then press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Printing Pictures - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Printing Pictures - 3

  • Pictures taken with other cameras cannot be printed.
  • The area printed is smaller than the area visible in the LCD monitor.
  • The displays may vary depending on the printer connected.

4 The picture will be sent to the printer and printing will start.

Tethered Photography

Computers connected via USB or wireless LAN can be used to control the camera and take photographs remotely or to download pictures from the camera for storage.

Tethered Photography via USB

Connect the camera to a computer via USB for tethered photography.

1 Select either AUTO or POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
2 Select USB TETHER SHOOTING AUTO or USB TETHER SHOOTING FIXED for CONNECTION MODE.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Tethered Photography via USB - 1

  • If USB TETHER SHOOTING AUTO is selected, tethered photography will be enabled automatically when the computer to which the camera is connected is turned on. When the computer is off or not connected, tethered photography will be suspended and pictures will be saved to the camera memory card.
  • If the camera is disconnected from the computer while USB TETHER SHOOTING FIXED is selected, it will continue to function in tethered mode and no pictures will be recorded.

3 Connect the camera to the computer via USB and then turn the camera on (255).

4 Take pictures via tethered photography.

Use software such as "Adobe Lightroom Classic + FUJIFILM Tether Shooting Plug-in", "FUJIFILM X Acquire", or "Capture One".

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Tethered Photography via USB - 2

  • To take pictures when using X Acquire, use the shutter button on the camera.
  • For more information on tethered photography, visit the website below. https://app.fujifilm-dsc.com/en/tether/
  • Visit the website below for information on the software used. https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/

Tethered Photography via Wireless LAN

Connect the camera to a computer via wireless LAN for tethered photography.

1 Connect the camera to a wireless LAN using NETWORK SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
2 Select WIRELESS TETHER SHOOTING FIXED for CONNECTION MODE.
3 Take pictures via tethered photography. Use software such as "Adobe Lightroom Classic + FUJIFILM Tether Shooting Plug-in" or "FUJIFILM X Acquire".

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Tethered Photography via Wireless LAN - 1

  • To take pictures when using X Acquire, use the shutter button on the camera.
  • For more information on tethered photography, visit the website below. https://app.fujifilm-dsc.com/en/tether/
  • Visit the website below for information on the software used. https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/

RAW Processing

Using X RAW STUDIO, you can harness the power of the camera's image processing engine when processing RAW pictures on a computer.

1 Select either AUTO or POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
2 Select USB RAW CONV./BACKUP RESTORE for CONNECTION MODE.
3 Connect the camera to the computer via USB and then turn the camera on (图255).
4 Launch X RAW STUDIO. RAW processing can be performed using X RAW STUDIO.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - RAW Processing - 1

Visit the website below for information on the software used. https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/

Saving and Loading Settings

Camera settings can be saved to or loaded from computers using FUJIFILM X Acquire.

Saving and Loading Settings Using a Computer

1 Select either AUTO or POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
2 Select USB RAW CONV./BACKUP RESTORE for CONNECTION MODE.
3 Connect the camera to the computer via USB and then turn the camera on (图255).
4 Launch FUJIFILM X Acquire. Camera settings can be saved or loaded using FUJIFILM X Acquire.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Saving and Loading Settings Using a Computer - 1

Visit the website below for information on the software used. https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/

Network/USB Setting Menus

Adjust camera network and USB settings.

To access network/USB settings from the shooting or playback display, press MENU/OK and select the (network/USB setting) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Network/USB Setting Menus - 1

Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING

Adjust Bluetooth-related settings as well as a variety of smartphone-related settings.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING - 1

Be sure your smartphone or tablet is running the latest version of the smartphone app.

PAIRING REGISTRATION

Pair the camera with a smartphone or tablet to which the smartphone app has been installed.

SELECT PAIRING DESTINATION

Choose a connection from a list of devices with which the camera has been paired using PAIRING REGISTRATION. Select NO CONNECTION to exit without connecting.

DELETE PAIRING REG.

Delete existing pairing information for a smartphone or tablet.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - DELETE PAIRING REG. - 1

The selected device will be removed from the pairing list.

Bluetooth DEVICE LIST

List the devices with which the camera is paired (other than the smartphone) or end pairing with selected devices.

Bluetooth ON/OFF

If ON is selected, the camera will automatically connect with paired smartphones or tablets running the smartphone app.

Options
ONOFF

AUTO IMAGE TRANSFER ORDER

Select ON to upload pictures automatically as they are taken.

Options
ONOFF

Select ON to enable ongoing download of location data from paired smartphones or tablets.

Options
ONOFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AUTO IMAGE TRANSFER ORDER - 1

Location data will only be downloaded while the smartphone app is running. Download will be interrupted if pairing is ended. The camera location data icon will be displayed in red if location data have not been updated for over 30 minutes.

NAME

Choose a name (NAME) to identify the camera on the wireless network (the camera is assigned a unique name by default).

IMAGE TRANSFER WHILE POWER OFF

If ON is selected, the camera will continue to upload pictures to paired smartphones or tablets even while off.

Options
ONOFF

RESIZE IMAGE FOR SMARTPHONE

Select ON (recommended) to enable compression, reducing file size for upload.

Options
ONOFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - RESIZE IMAGE FOR SMARTPHONE - 1

  • The pictures on the camera memory card are not affected.
  • Compression is used only for pictures taken at sizes of L and M.

WIRELESS COM. FREQUENCY SETTING

Choose the band for wireless LAN connections.

Options
2.4GHz (IEEE802.11 b/g/n)5GHz (IEEE802.11 a/n/ac)

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WIRELESS COM. FREQUENCY SETTING - 1

  • Some countries and regions prohibit outdoor use of certain channels in the 5 GHz band. Check whether use of the 5.2 GHz (W52) band is permitted before selecting the 5 GHz option.
  • The options available vary with the country or region of sale.

SELECT FILE TYPE

Choose the format or formats used for upload. Pictures can be uploaded in JPEG format and/or HEIF.

AIRPLANE MODE

Select ON to disable the camera's wireless LAN and Bluetooth features.

Options
ONOFF

NETWORK SETTING

Adjust settings for connection to wireless networks.

OptionDescription
ACCESS POINT SETTING·SIMPLE SETUP: Connect to an access point using simple settings. ·MANUAL SETUP: Manually adjust settings for connection to a wireless network. Choose the network from a list (SELECT FROM NETWORK LIST) or enter the name manually (ENTERSSID).
IP ADDRESS SETTING·AUTO: The IP address is assigned automatically. ·MANUAL: Assign an IP address manually. Manually choose the IP address (IP ADDRESS), subnet mask (SUBNET MASK), and gateway address (GATEWAY ADDRESS).

instax PRINTER CONNECTION SETTING

Adjust settings for connection to optional Fujilm instax SHARE printers (图258).

CONNECTION MODE

Adjust settings for connection to external devices.

OptionDescription
USB CARD READERConnecting the camera to a computer via USB automatically enables data transfer mode, allowing data to be copied to the computer. The camera functions normally when not connected.
USB WEBCAMConnect the camera to a computer via USB for use as a webcam.
USB TETHER SHOOTING AUTOThe camera can be controlled from computers, gimbals, drones, or other devices connected via USB. The camera automatically enters “tethered shooting” (i.e., remote-control) mode when the external device is turned on and returns to normal operation when the external device turned off or disconnected. · Photographs can be taken remotely and automatically downloaded to computers running Capture One, Adobe Photoshop® Lightroom® + Tether Plugin, FUJIFILM X Acquire, or FUJIFILM Pixel Shift Combiner. FUJIFILM X Acquire can also be used to save and load camera settings. · Remote photography and movie recording are available when the camera is connected to a compatible device such as a gimbal or drone. Use camera controls to switch between still photography and movie recording. The features available vary with the device connected.
USB TETHER SHOOTING FIXEDAs for USB TETHER SHOOTING AUTO, except that the camera remains in "tethered shooting" (remote-control) mode when the external device is off or not connected, allowing the device to resume control when the connection is re-established after an accidental disconnection or other disruption. At default settings, pictures are not recorded to the memory card.
WIRELESS TETHER SHOOTING FIXEDChoose this option for wireless remote photography. Select an access point using NETWORK SETTING in the network/USB setting menu.
USB RAW CONV./BACKUP RESTOREConnecting the camera to a computer via USB automatically enables USB RAW conversion/backup restore mode. The camera functions normally when not connected. • USB RAW CONV. (requires FUJIFILM X RAW STUDIO): Use the camera's image processing engine to rapidly convert RAW files to other formats while maintaining image quality. • BACKUP RESTORE (requires FUJIFILM X Acquire): Save and load camera settings. Reconfigure the camera in an instant or share settings with other cameras of the same type.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CONNECTION MODE - 1

POWER MANAGEMENT > AUTO POWER OFF settings also apply during tethered shooting. To prevent the camera turning off automatically, select OFF for AUTO POWER OFF.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CONNECTION MODE - 2

For information on compatible computer software, see "Software for Use with Your Camera" (359).

USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING

Choose whether USB connections to computers, smartphones, or other devices are used for power delivery or data transfer.

OptionDescription
AUTOThe camera switches between power delivery and data transfer automatically.
POWER SUPPLY ON/ COMM OFFThe camera draws power from the connected device, reducing the drain on the battery. Data transfer is disabled.
POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ONThe camera can exchange data with, but not draw power from, the connected device.

The camera cannot draw power from Lightning connections or from devices that do not supply power. Select POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON before connecting the camera to such devices. The connection may not be available for data transfer or the like when POWER SUPPLY ON/COMM OFF is selected.

Regardless of the option selected, the battery will charge while the camera is off.

INFORMATION

View the camera's MAC, Bluetooth, and wireless network IP addresses.

RESET WIRELESS SETTING

Restore wireless settings to their default values.

The Setup Menu

USER SETTING

Adjust basic camera settings.

To access basic camera settings, press MENU/OK, select the (SET UP) tab, and choose USER SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - USER SETTING - 1

FORMAT

To format a memory card:

1 Select ±bz USER SETTING > FORMAT in the (SET UP) tab.
2 Highlight the slot containing the card you wish to format and press MENU/OK.
3 A confirmation dialog will be displayed. To format the memory card, highlight OK and press MENU/OK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FORMAT - 1

To exit without formatting the memory card, select CANCEL or press DISP/BACK.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FORMAT - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FORMAT - 3

  • All data—including protected pictures—will be deleted from the memory card. Be sure important files have been copied to a computer or other storage device.
  • Do not open the battery-chamber cover during formatting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FORMAT - 4

The format menu can also be displayed by pressing the center of the rear command dial while pressing and holding the button.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FORMAT - 5

AREA SETTING

Adjust settings for your current time zone.

AREA SETTING

Choose your time zone from a map.

DAYLIGHT SAVINGS

Turn daylight saving time on or off.

OptionDescription
ONDaylight saving time on.
OFFDaylight saving time off.

DATE/TIME

To set the camera clock:

1 Select USER SETTING > DATE/TIME in the (SET UP) tab.
2 Press the selector left or right to highlight the year, month, day, hour, or minute and press up or down to change. To change the order in which the year, month, and day are displayed, highlight the date format and press the selector up or down.
3 Press MENU/OK to set the clock.

TIME DIFFERENCE

Switch the camera clock instantly from your home time zone to the local time at your destination when traveling. To specify the difference between your local and home time zone:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TIME DIFFERENCE - 1

Use AREA SETTING to choose your home time zone before selecting a local time zone using LOCAL.

1 Highlight + LOCAL and press MENU/OK.
2 Use the selector to choose the local time zone. Press MENU/OK when settings are complete.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TIME DIFFERENCE - 2

Select ON to enable daylight saving time.

To set the camera clock to local time, highlight LOCAL and press MENU/OK. To set the clock to the time in your home time zone, select HOME.

Options
LOCALHOME

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - TIME DIFFERENCE - 3

If LOCAL is selected, will be displayed in yellow for about three seconds when the camera is turned on.

言語/LANG.

Choose a language.

MY MENU SETTING

Edit the items listed in the (MY MENU) tab, a personalized custom menu of frequently-used photo menu options (313).

MY MENU SETTING

Edit the items listed in the (MY MENU) tab, a personalized custom menu of frequently-used movie menu options (313).

SENSOR CLEANING

Remove dust from the camera image sensor.

OptionDescription
OKClean the sensor immediately.
WHEN SWITCHED ONSensor cleaning will be performed when the camera is turned on.
WHEN SWITCHED OFFSensor cleaning will be performed when the camera turns off (sensor cleaning is not however performed if the camera turns off in playback mode).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SENSOR CLEANING - 1

Dust that cannot be removed using sensor cleaning can be removed using a blower (374).

BATTERY AGE

Check battery age. Age is expressed as a number between 0 and 4. The higher the number, the older the battery.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - BATTERY AGE - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - BATTERY AGE - 2

The older the battery, the faster it loses its charge. We recommend that batteries be replaced as they wear out.

RESET

Reset shooting or setup menu options to default values.

1 Highlight the desired option and press MENU/OK.

OptionDescription
STILL MENU RESETReset all photo menu settings other than custom white balance and custom settings banks created using EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING to default values.
MOVIE MENU RESETReset all movie menu settings other than custom white balance and custom settings banks created using EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING to default values.
SET-UP RESETReset all setup menu settings other than DATE/TIME, AREASETTING, TIME DIFFERENCE, and COPYRIGHT INFO to default values.
INITIALIZEReset all settings other than custom white balance to default values.

2 A confirmation dialog will be displayed; highlight OK and press MENU/OK.

REGULATORY

To view electronic copies of the product model number, and other certificates, select USER SETTING > REGULATORY in the setup menu.

SOUND SETTING

Make changes to camera sounds.

To access sound settings, press MENU/OK, select the (SET UP) tab, and choose SOUND SET-UP.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SOUND SETTING - 1

AF BEEP VOL.

Choose the volume of the beep that sounds when the camera focuses. The beep can be muted by selecting OFF.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - AF BEEP VOL. - 1

SELF-TIMER BEEP VOL.

Choose the volume of the beep that sounds while the self-timer is active. The beep can be muted by selecting OFF.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SELF-TIMER BEEP VOL. - 1

OPERATION VOL.

Adjust the volume of the sounds produced when camera controls are operated. Choose OFF to disable control sounds.

Options

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 5

REC START/STOP VOLUME

Choose the volume at the start and end of movie recording.

Options

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 4

MSEF ELECTRONIC SHUTTERTVOLUME

Adjust the volume of the sounds produced by the mechanical or electronic front-curtain shutter.

Options

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Options - 4

MSEF ELECTRONIC SHUTTER SOUND

Choose the sound made by the mechanical or electronic front-curtain shutter.

Options
J 1 SOUND 1J 2 SOUND 2J 3 SOUND 3

ES ELECTRONIC SHUTTER VOLUME

Adjust the volume of the sounds produced by the electronic shutter. Choose OFF to disable the shutter sound.

Options
(high)(low)(medium)(100)

ES ELECTRONIC SHUTTERROUND

Choose the sound made by the electronic shutter.

Options
J 1 SOUND 1J 2 SOUND 2J 3 SOUND 3

PLAYBACK VOLUME

Adjust the volume for movie playback.

Options

012345678910

4ch AUDIO PLAYBACK

Adjust audio settings for use when viewing 4ch movies.

OptionDescription
XLRThe camera plays audio recorded via external micro-phones connected via the XLR microphone adapter.
CAMERAThe camera plays audio recorded via the camera's built-in microphone or external microphones connected via the microphone jack.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - 4ch AUDIO PLAYBACK - 1

You can also switch sources while viewing the playback display by pressing the center of the focus stick (focus lever).

SCREEN SETTING

Make changes to display settings.

To access display settings, press MENU/OK, select the (SET UP) tab, and choose SCREEN SET-UP.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SCREEN SETTING - 1

VIEW MODE SETTING

Adjust settings for eye sensor, EVF (electronic viewfinder), or LCD monitor view modes (16).

EVF BRIGHTNESS

Adjust the brightness of the display in the electronic viewfinder.

OptionDescription
AUTOThe camera automatically adjusts brightness around a selected level in response to changes in ambient lighting conditions.
MANUALAdjust brightness manually; choose from options between -7 and +5.

EVF COLOR

Adjust the saturation of the display in the electronic viewfinder.

Options
-5-4-3-2-10+1+2+3+4+5

EVF COLOR ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the color of the display in the electronic viewfinder.

1 Adjust colors using the selector.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - EVF COLOR ADJUSTMENT - 1

2 Press MENU/OK.

LCD BRIGHTNESS

Adjust monitor brightness.

Options

-5-4-3-2-10+1+2+3+4+5

LCD COLOR

Adjust monitor saturation.

Options

-5-4-3-2-10+1+2+3+4+5

LCD COLOR ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the color of the display in the LCD monitor.

1 Adjust colors using the selector.
2 Press MENU/OK.

IMAGE DISP.

Choose how long images are displayed after shooting.

OptionDescription
CONTINUOUSPictures are displayed until the MENU/OK button is pressed or the shutter button is pressed halfway. To zoom in on the active focus point, press the center of the rear command dial; press again to cancel zoom.
1.5 SECPictures are displayed for the selected time or until the shutter button is pressed halfway.
0.5 SEC
OFFPictures are not displayed after shooting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - IMAGE DISP. - 1

  • Colors may differ slightly from those in the final image.
  • "Noise" mottling may be visible at high sensitivities.

AUTOROTATE DISPLAYS

Choose whether the indicators in the viewfinder and LCD monitor rotate to match camera orientation.

Options
ONOFF

PREVIEW EXP./WB IN MANUAL MODE

Choose whether to enable exposure and/or white balance preview in manual exposure mode.

OptionDescription
PREVIEW EXP./WBEnable exposure and white balance preview.
PREVIEW WBPreview white balance only. Choose this option in situations in which exposure is likely to change during shooting, as may be the case when you use a flash during daylight.
OFFDisable exposure and white balance preview. Choose this option in situations in which both exposure and white balance are likely to change during shooting, as may be the case when you use a flash with an incandescent monitoring lamp.

NATURAL LIVE VIEW

Choose whether the effects of film simulation, white balance, and other settings are visible in the monitor.

OptionDescription
ONThe effects of camera settings are not visible in the monitor, but shadows in low-contrast, back-lit scenes and other hard-to-see subjects more visible. Colors and tone will differ from those in the final picture. The display will however be adjusted to show the effects of monochrome and sepia settings.
OFFThe effects of film simulation, white balance, and other settings can be previewed in the monitor.

F-Log VIEW ASSIST

Select ON to display a tone-corrected preview (equivalent to BT.709) when recording or viewing F-log movies.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - F-Log VIEW ASSIST - 1

ELECTRONIC LEVEL SETTING

Adjust settings for use when taking pictures using the virtual horizon display (23).

FRAMINGGUIDELINE

Choose a framing grid for shooting mode.

Option
GRID 9GRID 24HD FRAMING
For "rule of thirds" composition.A six-by-four grid.Frame HD pictures in the crop shown by the lines at the top and bottom of the display.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FRAMINGGUIDELINE - 1

Framing guides are not shown at default settings but can be displayed using SCREEN SET-UP > DISP.CUSTOM SETTING (图21).

AUTOROTATE PB

Choose ON to automatically rotate "tall" (portrait-orientation) pictures during playback.

Options
ONOFF

FOCUS SCALE UNITS

Choose the units used for the focus distance indicator.

Options
METERSFEET

APERTURE UNIT FOR CINEMA LENS

Choose whether the camera displays aperture as a T-number (used for movie camera lenses) or an f-/number (used for still camera lenses) when an optional FUJINON MKX-series lens is attached. For information on using cinema lenses, see the documentation provided with the lens.

OptionDescription
T NUMBERA measure of lens aperture commonly used by cinematog-raphers. Lens transmittance is taken into account to better cal-culate exposure.
F NUMBERA measure of lens aperture commonly used by photographers. Lens transmittance is assumed to be 100%, meaning that the same aperture may produce different exposures depending on the lens.

DUAL DISPLAY SETTING

Choose the content of the two windows in the dual display.

OptionDescription
R:FOCUS L:FRAMEThe right (small) window shows a close-up of the focus area, while the left (large) window shows the entire frame.
R:FRAME L:FOCUSThe right (small) window shows the entire frame, while the left (large) window shows a close-up of the focus area.

DISP.CUSTOM SETTING

Choose the items shown in the standard indicator display (图21).

LARGE INDICATORS MODE(EVF)

Select ON to display large indicators in the electronic viewfinder. The indicators displayed can be selected using 2 SCREEN SET-UP > LARGE INDICATORS DISP. SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LARGE INDICATORS MODE(EVF) - 1
OFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LARGE INDICATORS MODE(EVF) - 2
ON

Some icons are not displayed when ON is selected for LARGE INDICATORS MODE(EVF) (13).
If LARGE INDICATORS MODE is assigned to a function button, the button can be used to toggle LARGE INDICATORS MODE on (ON) and off (OFF) (321).

LARGE INDICATORS MODE(LCD)

Select ON to display large indicators in the LCD monitor. The indicators displayed can be selected using SCREEN SET-UP > LARGE INDICATORS DISP. SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LARGE INDICATORS MODE(LCD) - 1
OFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LARGE INDICATORS MODE(LCD) - 2
ON

Some icons are not displayed when ON is selected for LARGE INDICATORS MODE(LCD) (图15).
If LARGE INDICATORS MODE is assigned to a function button, the button can be used to toggle LARGE INDICATORS MODE on (ON) and off (OFF) (321).

LARGE INDICATORS DISP. SETTING

Choose the indicators displayed when ON is selected for SCREEN SET-UP > LARGE INDICATORS MODE(EVF) or LARGE INDICATORS MODE(LCD).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LARGE INDICATORS DISP. SETTING - 1

OptionDescription
① Expo. DISP.Choose the items listed at the bottom of the display. Selected items are indicated by check marks (☑); to deselect, highlight the check marks and press MENU/OK.
② ScaleSelect ON to display the exposure indicator.
③ L1, L2, L3, L4Choose up to four large icons for display on the left side of the screen.
④ R1, R2, R3, R4Choose up to four large icons for display on the right side of the screen.

INFORMATION CONTRAST ADJ.

Adjust display contrast.

OptionDescription
HIGH CONTRASTHigh contrast.
STANDARDNormal contrast.
LOW CONTRASTLow contrast.
DARK AMBIENT LIGHTINGContrast adjusted for dim ambient lighting.

LOCATION INFO

Select ON to display location info downloaded from a smartphone.

Options
ONOFF

Q MENU BACKGROUND

Choose the background color used for the quick menu when it is displayed during still photography.

Options
TRANSPARENTBLACK

Q MENU BACKGROUND

Choose the background color used for the quick menu when it is displayed during movie recording.

Options
TRANSPARENTBLACK

BUTTON/DIAL SETTING

Access options for camera controls.

To access control options, press MENU/OK, select the (SET UP) tab, and choose BUTTON/DIAL SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - BUTTON/DIAL SETTING - 1

FOCUS LEVER SETTING

Choose the functions performed by pressing the center of the focus stick (focus lever) or by pressing the stick up, down, left, or right.

PUSH

OptionDescription
OFFPressing the center of the stick has no effect.
EDIT FOCUS AREAPress the center of the stick to choose the focus area size. If FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING or SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING is on, you can instead position the focus frame over the desired face, eye, animal, or object.
ZOOMPress the center of the stick to zoom in on the active focus area (90).
RESET TO CENTERPress the center of the stick to select the center focus area.

TILT

OptionDescription
OFFPressing the stick up, down, left, or right has no effect.
DIRECT AF POINT SELECTIONChoose the focus area without leaving the shooting display.
EDIT FOCUS AREAPress the stick up, down, left, or right to view a focus-area display and choose the focus area.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FOCUS LEVER SETTING - 1

EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU

Choose the items displayed in the quick menu during still photography (315).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU - 1

EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU

Choose the items displayed in the quick menu when filming movies (315).

FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING

Choose the roles played by the function buttons (321).

POWER ZOOM LENS FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING

Choose the roles played by the function buttons available on some power zoom lenses (329).

SELECTOR BUTTON SETTING

Choose the roles played by the up, down, left, and right buttons on the selector.

OptionDescription
Fn BUTTONThe selector buttons serve as function buttons.
FOCUS AREAThe selector buttons can be used to position the focus area.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SELECTOR BUTTON SETTING - 1

Selecting FOCUS AREA prevents you accessing the functions assigned to the function buttons.

COMMAND DIAL SETTING

Choose the roles played by the command dials.

OptionDescription
FRONT COMMANDDIAL 1Assign shutter speed (S.S. (PROGRAM SHIFT)) or aper-ture (APERTURE)1 to FRONT COMMAND DIAL 1.
FRONT COMMANDDIAL 2Assign shutter speed (S.S. (PROGRAM SHIFT)), ap-erture (APERTURE)1, exposure compensation (EXP.COMPENSATION)2, sensitivity (ISO)3, or no role (NONE) to FRONT COMMAND DIAL 2 or FRONT COMMANDDIAL 3.
REAR COMMANDDIALAssign shutter speed (S.S. (PROGRAM SHIFT)), ap-erture (APERTURE)1, exposure compensation (EXP.COMPENSATION)2, sensitivity (ISO)3, or no role (NONE) to the rear command dial.

1 Aperture set to A (auto) and lens equipped with aperture ring or COMMAND selected for 2 BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > APERTURE RING SETTING (A).
2 Exposure compensation dial rotated to C.
3 Sensitivity dial rotated to C.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COMMAND DIAL SETTING - 1

  • COMMAND DIAL SETTING can also be accessed by pressing and holding the center of the front command dial.
  • You can also press the center of the front command dial to cycle through settings in the order FRONT COMMAND DIAL 1, FRONT COMMAND DIAL 2, and FRONT COMMAND DIAL 3.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COMMAND DIAL SETTING - 2

S.S OPERATION

Select OFF to disable shutter-speed fine-tuning using the command dials.

Options
ONOFF

COMMAND DIAL DIRECTION

Choose the direction in which the command dials are rotated to choose values. Settings for the front and rear command dials can be adjusted separately.

OptionDescription
- - - - +Rotate the dial right for higher values or to move to the next item.
+ - - - - -Rotate the dial left for higher values or to move to the next item.

SHUTTER AF

Choose whether the camera focuses when the shutter button is pressed halfway.

OptionDescription
AF-SON: Focus locks when the shutter button is pressed halfway. OFF: No focus operation is performed when the shutter but- ton is pressed halfway.
AF-CON: The camera focuses while the shutter button is pressed halfway. OFF: No focus operation is performed when the shutter but- ton is pressed halfway.

SHUTTER AE

If ON is selected, exposure will lock while the shutter button is pressed halfway. The setting for focus mode C (AF-C) can be adjusted separately from that for modes S (AF-S) and M (manual focus).

Options
ONOFF

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHUTTER AE - 1

Select OFF to allow the camera to adjust exposure before each shot taken in burst mode.

SHOOT WITHOUT LENS

Choose ON to enable the shutter release when no lens is attached.

Options
ONOFF

SHOOT WITHOUT CARD

Choose whether the shutter can be released without a memory card inserted in the camera.

OptionDescription
ONWhen no memory card is inserted, the shutter can be released to test camera function and the shooting and setup menus can be displayed.
OFFThe shutter is disabled if no memory card is inserted, preventing accidental loss of pictures taken without a memory card.

LENS ZOOM/FOCUS SETTING

Adjust settings for compatible lenses with focus rings or power zoom.

FOCUS RING ROTATE

Choose the direction in which the focus ring is rotated to increase the focus distance.

Options
○ CW (clockwise)○ CCW (counterclockwise)

FOCUS RING OPERATION

Choose how the camera adjusts focus in response to the movement of the focus ring.

OptionDescription
NONLINEARFocus is adjusted at the same rate as the ring is rotated.
LINEARFocus is adjusted linearly according to the amount the ring is rotated, but the focusing speed is unaffected by the speed the ring is rotated.

CONSTANT SPEED FOCUS (Fn)

Choose the rate at which the focus distance changes when adjusted using function buttons during manual focus with compatible power zoom lenses. The higher the number, the higher the rate.

Options
1(SLOW)2345678(FAST)

CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (Fn)

Choose the rate at which compatible power zoom lenses can be zoomed in or out using function buttons. The higher the number, the higher the rate.

Options
1(SLOW)2345678(FAST)

CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM/FOCUS (Fn) OPERATION

Choose whether the function buttons on compatible power zoom lenses need only be pressed once to start and stop power focus or power zoom.

OptionDescription
START/STOP SWITCHThe operation starts when the button is pressed and stops when it is pressed a second time.
ACTIVE WHILE PRESSINGThe operation continues while the button is pressed and stops when the button is released.

ZOOM RING ROTATE

Choose whether to reverse the rotation of the zoom ring on compatible power zoom lenses.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - ZOOM RING ROTATE - 1

ZOOM/FOCUS CONTROL RING

Choose role played by the zoom/ focus control ring on compatible power zoom lenses.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - ZOOM/FOCUS CONTROL RING - 1

AE/AF-LOCK MODE

This option determines the behavior of the button to which exposure and/or focus lock is assigned.

OptionDescription
AE&AF ON WHEN PRESSINGExposure and/or focus will lock while the button is pressed.
AE&AF ON/OFF SWITCHExposure and/or focus will lock when the button is pressed and remain locked until it is pressed again.

AWB-LOCK MODE

Choose the behavior of function buttons assigned auto white balance (AWB) lock. Auto white balance lock is used to lock white balance at the value metered by the camera when AUTO WHITE PRIORITY, AUTO, or AUTO AMBIENCE PRIORITY is selected for white balance.

OptionDescription
AWB ON WHEN PRESSINGAuto white balance locks while the button is pressed.
AWB ON/OFF SWITCHPress the button once to lock auto white balance and again to end the lock.

APERTURE RING SETTING (A)

Choose whether the front command dial can be used to adjust aperture when aperture is set to A (auto).

OptionDescription
AUTOThe camera adjusts aperture automatically.
COMMANDAperture can be adjusted using the front command dial.

APERTURE SETTING

Choose the method used to adjust aperture when using lenses with no aperture rings.

OptionDescription
AUTO + MANUALRotate the front command dial to choose the aperture. Rotate past minimum aperture to choose A (auto).
AUTOAperture is selected automatically; camera functions in exposure mode P (program AE) or S (shutter-priority AE).
MANUALRotate the front command dial to choose the aperture; camera functions in exposure mode A (aperture-priority AE) or M (manual).

Fn1 BUTTON SETTING

Choose the role performed by the Fn1 button during playback.

OptionDescription
SMARTPHONE TRANSFER ORDERPressing the button displays a dialog where pictures can be selected for upload to a smartphone with which the camera is paired (☑ 239). If the camera is not currently paired with a smartphone, Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING options will be displayed instead (☑ 264).
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONThe button can be used for wireless connections.

Enable or disable touch-screen controls.

OptionDescription
ONThe LCD monitor functions as a touch screen during shooting.
OFFTouch controls disabled.

DOUBLE TAP SETTING

OptionDescription
ONTap the LCD monitor twice to zoom in on your subject during shooting.
OFFTouch zoom disabled.

TOUCH FUNCTION

OptionDescription
ONEnable touch-function gestures.
OFFDisable touch-function gestures.

TOUCH ZOOM

OptionDescription
ONIf the lens supports touch zoom, you can zoom in and out by touching the LCD monitor (国30).
OFFTouch zoom disabled.
OptionDescription
ONThe LCD monitor functions as a touch screen during playback.
OFFTouch controls disabled.

EVF TOUCH SCREEN AREA SETTINGS

Select the area of the LCD monitor used for touch controls while the viewfinder is active. The area used for touch controls can be selected from:

OptionDescription
All.
Right half.
Top right quarter.
Bottom right quarter.
Left half.
Top left quarter.
Bottom left quarter.
OFFTouch controls disabled.

LOCK

Lock selected controls to prevent unintended operation.

OptionDescription
LOCK SETTINGChoose from the following:UNLOCK: Reset lock options.ALL FUNCTION: Lock all controls in the FUNCTION SELECTION list.SELECTED FUNCTION: Lock only the controls selected in the FUNCTION SELECTION list.
FUNCTION SELECTIONChoose the controls locked when SELECTED FUNCTION is chosen for LOCK SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - LOCK - 1

The controls selected using SELECTED FUNCTION can be locked at any time during shooting by pressing and holding MENU/OK. To unlock the controls, press and hold the button again.

POWER MANAGEMENT

Adjust power management settings.

To access power management settings, press MENU/OK, select the (SET UP) tab, and choose POWER MANAGEMENT.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - POWER MANAGEMENT - 1

AUTO POWER OFF

Choose the length of time before the camera turns off automatically when no operations are performed. Shorter times increase battery life; if OFF is selected, the camera must be turned off manually.

Options
5 MIN2 MIN1 MIN30 SEC15 SECOFF

PERFORMANCE

Select BOOST to improve focus and viewfinder display performance.

OptionDescription
BOOSTBoost camera focus and viewfinder display performance. The battery drains faster than when is NORMAL selected.
NORMALChoose for standard focus and viewfinder display performance and battery endurance.
ECONOMYLimit autofocus and viewfinder performance. This option offers better battery endurance than does NORMAL.

EVF/LCD BOOST SETTING

Adjust the behavior of the EVF and LCD monitor when BOOST is selected for PERFORMANCE.

OptionDescription
EVF/LCD LOW LIGHT PRIORITYDisplay brightness is adjusted to make subjects in shadows easier to see. Motion blur may cause ghosting.
EVF/LCD RESOLUTION PRIORITYDisplay resolution is increased to make details easier to see.
EVF FRAME RATE PRIORITY (100P)The refresh rate for the EVF is increased, smoothing motion.
EVF FRAME RATE PRIORITY (200P EQUIV.)The refresh rate for the EVF is increased beyond EVF FRAME RATE PRIORITY (100P) smoothing motion still further. The EVF may darken.

If its temperature rises beyond a certain point, the camera will first display a message and then, if the temperature rise continues, automatically end shooting and power down. Choose the temperature at which the camera turns off automatically.

OptionDescription
STANDARDThe camera turns off automatically when its temperature reaches the STANDARD value.
HIGHShooting can continue at temperatures higher than the STANDARD value, extending the time available to record movies and the like. Because remaining in contact with the camera at these high temperatures could result in low-temperature burns, this option should only be used after mounting the camera on a tripod or taking other steps to avoid prolonged contact with the camera.

SAVE DATA SETTING

Make changes to file management settings.

To access file management settings, press MENU/OK, select the (SET UP) tab, and choose SAVE DATA SET-UP.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SAVE DATA SETTING - 1

FRAME NO.

New pictures are stored in image files named using a four-digit file number assigned by adding one to the last file number used. The file number is displayed during playback as shown. FRAME NO. controls whether file num

bering is reset to 0001 when a new memory card is inserted or the current memory card is formatted.

Frame number

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FRAME NO. - 1

OptionDescription
CONTINUOUSNumbering continues from the last file number used or the first available file number, whichever is higher. Choose this option to reduce the number of pictures with duplicate file names.
RENEWNumbering is reset to 0001 after formatting or when a new memory card is inserted.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FRAME NO. - 2

  • If the frame number reaches 999-9999, the shutter release will be disabled. Turn the camera off and insert a formatted memory card before resuming shooting.
  • Selecting Z USER SETTING > RESET sets FRAME NO. to CONTINUOUS but does not reset the file number.
  • Frame numbers for pictures taken with other cameras may differ.

EDIT FILE NAME

Change the file name prefix. sRGB images use a four-letter prefix (default "DSCF"), Adobe RGB images a three-letter prefix ("DSF") preceded by an underscore.

OptionDefault prefixSample file name
sRGBDSCFABCD0001
AdobeRGB_DSF_ABC0001

CARD SLOT SETTING

Choose the role played by the card in the second slot.

OptionDescription
SEQUENTIALThe card in the second slot is used only when the card in the first slot is full.
BACKUPEach picture is recorded twice, once to each card.
SEPARATERAW pictures will be saved to the card in the first slot and JPEG or HEIF pictures to the card in the second slot. This option only takes effect when FINE+RAW or NORMAL+RAW is selected for IMAGE QUALITY SETTING > IMAGE QUALITY.

SELECT SLOT(Sequential)

Choose the card that is recorded to first whenSEQUENTIAL is selected for CARD SLOT SETTING.

Options
SLOT 1SLOT 2

SELECT FOLDER

Create folders and choose the folder used to store subsequent pictures.

OptionDescription
SELECT FOLDERTo choose the folder in which subsequent pictures will be stored, press the selector up or down to highlight an existing folder and press MENU/OK.
CREATE FOLDEREnter a five-character folder name. The new folder will be created with the next picture you take and subsequent pictures will be stored in that folder.

Copyright information, in the form of Exif tags, can be added to new images as they are taken. Changes to copyright information are reflected only in images taken after the changes are made.

OptionDescription
DISP COPYRIGHT INFOView the current copyright information.
ENTER AUTHOR'S INFOEnter the creator's name.
ENTER COPYRIGHT INFOEnter the name of the copyright holder.
DELETE COPYRIGHT INFODelete the current copyright information. This change applies only to images taken after this option is selected; copyright information recorded with existing images is not affected.

GEOTAGGING

If ON is selected, location data downloaded from a smartphone will be embedded in pictures as they are taken.

Options
ONOFF

10 Shortcuts

Shortcut Options

Customize camera controls to suit your style or situation.

Frequently-used options can be added to the Q menu or a custom "my" menu or assigned to a function button or touch-function gesture for direct access:

Shortcut OptionDescription
“My menu”Add frequently-used options to this custom menu, which can be viewed by pressing MENU/OK and se- lecting the my ("MY MENU") tab.313
The Quick MenuThe Q menu is displayed by pressing the Q button. Use the Q menu to view or change the options se- lected for frequently-used menu items.315
The function buttonsUse the function buttons for direct access to select- ed features.321
Touch-function gesturesUse touch function button flick gestures (T-Fn1, T-Fn2, T-Fn3, and T-Fn4) for direct access to selected features.326
Lens function buttonsUse the function buttons on the lens (if any) for di- rect access to selected features.329

MY MENU

Access a personalized menu of frequently-used options.

To display "my menu", press MENU/OK in the shooting display and select the (MY MENU) tab.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MY MENU - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MY MENU - 2

The my tab is only available if options have been assigned to MY MENU.

MY MENU SETTING

To choose the items listed in the MY (MY MENU) tab:

1 In the setup menu, select USER SETTING > MY MENU SETTING or MY MENU SETTING.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MY MENU SETTING - 1

To reorder items, select RANK ITEMS. To delete items, select REMOVE ITEMS.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MY MENU SETTING - 2

2 Press the selector up or down to highlight ADD ITEMS and press MENU/OK. Options that can be added to "my menu" are highlighted in blue.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MY MENU SETTING - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MY MENU SETTING - 4

Items currently in "my menu" are indicated by check marks.

3 Choose a position for the item and press MENU/OK. The item will be added to "my menu".

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MY MENU SETTING - 5

4 Press MENU/OK to return to the edit display.
5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until all the desired items have been added.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - MY MENU SETTING - 6

"My menu" can contain up to 16 items.

The Quick Menu

Use the quick menu for quick access to selected options. To view the quick menu, press the Q button.

The Quick Menu Display

The quick menu offers different options in photo and movie modes. At default settings, it contains the following items:

Still photography

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Still photography - 1

Default

① SELECT CUSTOM SETTING*⑨ HIGHLIGHT TONE
② AF MODE⑩ SHADOW TONE
③ DYNAMIC RANGE⑪ COLOR
④ WHITE BALANCE⑫ SHARPNESS
⑤ HIGH ISO NR⑬ SELF-TIMER
⑥ IMAGE SIZE⑭ FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING
⑦ IMAGE QUALITY⑮ SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING
⑧ FILM SIMULATION⑯ EVF/LCD BRIGHTNESS
  • If no settings bank is currently selected for SELECT CUSTOM SETTING, the shooting mode will be displayed instead.

The quick menu shows the options currently selected for items ②-16 , which can be changed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Still photography - 2

Default

① SELECT CUSTOM SETTING*⑤ APERTURE (MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL)
② S.S. (MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL)⑥ ISO (MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL)
③ MOVIE MODE RESOLUTION/ ASPECT RATIO⑦ MOVIE MODE FRAME RATE
④ WHITE BALANCE⑧ WHITE BALANCE COLOR TEMP. (WHEN SELECTED)
  • If no settings bank is currently selected for SELECT CUSTOM SETTING, the shooting mode will be displayed instead.

The quick menu shows the options currently selected for items ②-⑧ , which can be changed.

Viewing and Changing Settings

1 Press Q to display the quick menu during shooting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing and Changing Settings - 1

2 Use the selector to highlight items and rotate the rear command dial to change.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing and Changing Settings - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing and Changing Settings - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing and Changing Settings - 4

To jump to the EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING or EDIT/SAVE CUSTOM SETTING menu, press and hold the Q button when the quick menu is displayed.

3 Press Q to exit when settings are complete.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Viewing and Changing Settings - 5

  • The quick menu can also be edited using touch controls.
  • Using 2 BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING, you can assign the Q button roles normally reserved for the function buttons or assign the Q button's default role to a function button (图321).
  • To disable the Q (quick menu) button, select NONE for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING > Q BUTTON SETTING.

Editing the Quick Menu

To choose the items displayed in the quick menu:

1 Press and hold the Q button during shooting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Editing the Quick Menu - 1

The camera displays the photo quick menu during still photography and the movie quick menu when in movie mode.

2 The current quick menu will be displayed; use the selector to highlight the item you wish to change and press MENU/OK.
3 Highlight the item you wish to change and press MENU/OK. The following can be assigned to the quick menu.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Editing the Quick Menu - 2

The quick menus can also be edited using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU or EDIT/SAVE QUICK MENU.

Available Items (Still Photography)

Choose from:

  • IMAGE SIZE
  • IMAGE QUALITY
    FILMSIMULATION
  • GRAIN EFFECT
    COLOR CHROME EFFECT
    COLOR CHROME FX BLUE
  • SMOOTH SKIN EFFECT
    DYNAMIC RANGE
    D RANGE PRIORITY
  • WHITE BALANCE
  • WHITE BALANCE COLOR TEMP. (WHEN K SELECTED)
    HIGHLIGHT TONE
  • SHADOW TONE
    COLOR
    SHARPNESS
  • CLARITY
  • HIGH ISO NR
    AF MODE
  • AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS
    FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING

  • SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING
    MF ASSIST

  • TOUCH SCREEN MODE
    SELF-TIMER
    PHOTOMETRY
  • SHUTTERTYPE
    FLICKER REDUCTION
  • FLASH FUNCTION SETTING
    FLASH COMPENSATION
    MOVIE MODE RESOLUTION/ASPECT RATIO
    MOVIE MODE FRAME RATE
  • BIT RATE
  • HIGH SPEED REC
    IS MODE
    IS MODE BOOST
  • INTERNAL/EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
  • EVF/LCD BRIGHTNESS
  • EVF/LCD COLOR
    NONE

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Choose from: - 1

To disable the function button, choose NONE.

Available Items (Movies)

FILMSIMULATION
DYNAMIC RANGE
WHITE BALANCE
- WHITE BALANCE COLOR TEMP. (WHEN K SELECTED)
HIGHLIGHT TONE
- SHADOW TONE
COLOR
SHARPNESS
HIGH ISO NR
FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING
- SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING
MF ASSIST
- TOUCH SCREEN MODE
PHOTOMETRY
MOVIE MODE RESOLUTION/ASPECT RATIO
MOVIE MODE FRAME RATE

  • BIT RATE
    HIGH SPEED REC
    SELF-TIMER
    MOVIE AF MODE
  • FIX MOVIE CROP MAGNIFICATION
    IS MODE
    IS MODE BOOST
    S.S.

(MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL b)

APERTURE
(MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL b)
ISO
(MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL b)
- INTERNAL/EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
- EVF/LCD BRIGHTNESS
- EVF/LCD COLOR
NONE

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Available Items (Movies) - 1

To disable the function button, choose NONE.

Function Controls

Assign a role to each function button or touch-function gesture for quick access to the selected feature.

The Function Buttons

Assign a role to the function buttons for quick access to the selected feature.

Function Button Defaults

The default assignments are:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Function Button Defaults - 1
Back-of-Camera Function Buttons

Function buttonsDefault
① AFON buttonAF-ON
② Center of rear command dialFOCUS CHECK
③ Q (quick menu) buttonQUICK MENU
④ AEL (exposure lock) buttonAE LOCK ONLY

Front-of-Camera Function Buttons

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Front-of-Camera Function Buttons - 1

Function buttonsDefault
① VIEW MODE buttonVIEW MODE SETTING
② Fn1 buttonFACE DETECTION ON/OFF
③ Fn2 buttonDRIVE SETTING

The Selector

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Selector - 1

Function buttonsDefault
① Fn3 buttonPHOTOMETRY
② Fn5 buttonWHITE BALANCE
③ Fn6 buttonPERFORMANCE
④ Fn4 buttonFILM SIMULATION

Assigning Roles to the Function Buttons

Pressing and holding the DISP/BACK button displays a dialog where you can choose the roles assigned to the function buttons.

1 Press and hold the DISP/BACK button until a control selection menu is displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Assigning Roles to the Function Buttons - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Assigning Roles to the Function Buttons - 2

You can also assign roles to function buttons using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING.

2 Highlight the desired control and press MENU/OK.
3 Highlight any of the following options and press MENU/OK to assign it to the selected control.

Roles That Can Be Assigned to the Function Buttons

Choose from:

  • IMAGE SIZE
  • IMAGE QUALITY
  • RAW
    FILMSIMULATION
  • GRAIN EFFECT
    COLOR CHROME EFFECT
    COLOR CHROME FX BLUE
  • SMOOTH SKIN EFFECT
    DYNAMIC RANGE
    D RANGE PRIORITY
    WHITE BALANCE
  • CLARITY
  • SELECT CUSTOM SETTING
  • RECALL CUSTOM 1 SETTING
    FOCUS AREA
    FOCUS CHECK
  • AF MODE
  • AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS
  • FACE DETECTION ON/OFF
    RIGHT/LEFT EYE SWITCH
  • SUBJECT DETECTION ON/OFF
    AF RANGE LIMITER
    FOCUS CHECK LOCK
  • DRIVE SETTING
  • SPORTS FINDER MODE
    PRE-SHOTES角
    SELF-TIMER
    PHOTOMETRY
  • SHUTTERTYPE
    FLICKER REDUCTION
  • FlickERLESS S.S. SETTING
    ISO AUTO SETTING
  • IS MODE

DIGITAL TELE-CONV.
- MULTI EXPOSURE
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
- FLASH FUNCTION SETTING
- TTL-LOCK
- MODELING FLASH
MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE
HIGH SPEED REC
SELF-TIMER
- FIX MOVIE CROP MAGNIFICATION
IS MODE BOOST
ZEBRA SETTING
- INTERNAL/EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
4ch AUDIO PLAYBACK
MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL
VIEW MODE SETTING
- PREVIEW DEPTH OF FIELD
- PREVIEW EXP./WB IN MANUAL MODE
NATURAL LIVE VIEW
HISTOGRAM
- ELECTRONIC LEVEL SWITCH
- LARGE INDICATORS MODE
- F-Log VIEW ASSIST
- ZOOM/FOCUS CONTROL RING
- CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (T)
- CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (W)
- MF CONSTANT SPEED FOCUS (N)
- MF CONSTANT SPEED FOCUS (F)
AE LOCK ONLY
- AF LOCK ONLY
- AE/AF LOCK

AF-ON
- AWB LOCK ONLY
APERTURE SETTING
- LOCK SETTING
PERFORMANCE

  • AUTO IMAGE TRANSFER ORDER
  • Bluetooth ON/OFF
  • QUICK MENU
  • PLAYBACK
  • NONE

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Choose from: - 1

  • The selector cannot be assigned more than one role at a time.
  • To disable the function button, choose NONE.

AF-ON

Controls to which AF-ON is assigned can be used for autofocus.

MODELING FLASH

If MODELING FLASH is selected when a compatible shoe-mounted flash unit is attached, you can press the control to test-fire the flash and check for shadows and the like (modeling flash).

TTL-LOCK

If TTL-LOCK is selected, you can press the control to lock flash output according to the option selected for FLASH SETTING > TTL-LOCK MODE (181).

RECALL CUSTOM 1 SETTING

Controls to which RECALL CUSTOM 1 SETTING has been assigned can be pressed to temporarily recall the settings saved to C1 (CUSTOM 1). Pressing the button a second time restores the previous settings.

Touch-Function Gestures

Assign roles to touch-function gestures (T-Fn1, T-Fn2, T-Fn3, or T-Fn4) for quick access to selected features.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch-Function Gestures - 1

Touch-function gestures are disabled by default. To enable touch-function gestures, select ON for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > TOUCH SCREEN SETTING > FIM TOUCH FUNCTION.

Touch-Function Gesture Defaults

The default assignments for the different gestures are:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch-Function Gesture Defaults - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch-Function Gesture Defaults - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch-Function Gesture Defaults - 3

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch-Function Gesture Defaults - 4

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Touch-Function Gesture Defaults - 5

Touch-Function GesturesDefault
① T-Fn1 (flick up)HISTOGRAM
② T-Fn2 (flick left)PREVIEW DEPTH OF FIELD
③ T-Fn3 (flick right)LARGE INDICATORS MODE
④ T-Fn4 (flick down)ELECTRONIC LEVEL SWITCH

Assigning Roles to Touch Function Gestures

Pressing and holding the DISP/BACK button displays a dialog where you can choose the roles assigned to touch function gestures.

1 Press and hold the DISP/BACK button until a control selection menu is displayed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Assigning Roles to Touch Function Gestures - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Assigning Roles to Touch Function Gestures - 2

Button assignments can also be selected using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING.

2 Highlight a touch function gesture and press MENU/OK.
3 Highlight any of the following options and press MENU/OK to assign it to the selected control.

Roles That Can Be Assigned to Touch Function Gestures

Choose from:

  • IMAGE SIZE
  • IMAGE QUALITY
  • RAW
    FILMSIMULATION
  • GRAIN EFFECT
    COLOR CHROME EFFECT
    COLOR CHROME FX BLUE
  • SMOOTH SKIN EFFECT
    DYNAMIC RANGE
    D RANGE PRIORITY
    WHITE BALANCE
  • CLARITY
  • SELECT CUSTOM SETTING
  • RECALL CUSTOM 1 SETTING
    FOCUS AREA
    FOCUS CHECK
  • AF MODE
  • AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS
  • FACE DETECTION ON/OFF
  • RIGHT/LEFT EYE SWITCH
  • SUBJECT DETECTION ON/OFF
    AF RANGE LIMITER
    FOCUS CHECK LOCK
  • DRIVE SETTING
  • SPORTS FINDER MODE
    PRE-SHOTES角
    SELF-TIMER
    PHOTOMETRY
  • SHUTTERTYPE
    FLICKER REDUCTION
  • FlickERLESS S.S. SETTING
    ISO AUTO SETTING
  • IS MODE

DIGITAL TELE-CONV.
- MULTI EXPOSURE
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
- FLASH FUNCTION SETTING
- TTL-LOCK
- MODELING FLASH
- HIGH SPEED REC
SELF-TIMER
- FIX MOVIE CROP MAGNIFICATION
IS MODE BOOST
ZEBRA SETTING
- INTERNAL/EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
4ch AUDIO PLAYBACK
MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL
VIEW MODE SETTING
- PREVIEW DEPTH OF FIELD
- PREVIEW EXP./WB IN MANUAL MODE
NATURAL LIVE VIEW
HISTOGRAM
- ELECTRONIC LEVEL SWITCH
- LARGE INDICATORS MODE
- F-Log VIEW ASSIST
- ZOOM/FOCUS CONTROL RING
APERTURE SETTING
- LOCK SETTING
PERFORMANCE
- AUTO IMAGE TRANSFER ORDER
- Bluetooth ON/OFF
- QUICK MENU
- PLAYBACK
NONE

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Choose from: - 1

To disable touch-function gestures, choose NONE.

Lens Function Buttons

Choose the roles played by the function buttons on the lens (where applicable).

Lens Function Button Defaults

The default assignments are:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lens Function Button Defaults - 1

A XF18-120mmF4 LM PZ WR lens is used here for illustrative purposes.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lens Function Button Defaults - 2

Lens function buttonDefault
① Z/FZOOM/FOCUS CONTROL RING
② L-Fn1 (rocker zoom button pressed up)CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (T)
③ L-Fn2 (rocker zoom button pressed down)CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (W)

Assigning Roles to the Lens Function Buttons

The roles played by the lens function buttons can be selected using the BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > POWER ZOOM LENS FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING option in the setup menu.

  • IMAGE SIZE
  • IMAGE QUALITY
  • RAW
    FILMSimulation
  • GRAIN EFFECT
    COLOR CHROME EFFECT
    COLOR CHROME FX BLUE
  • SMOOTH SKIN EFFECT
    DYNAMIC RANGE
  • D RANGE PRIORITY
    WHITE BALANCE
  • CLARITY
  • SELECT CUSTOM SETTING
  • RECALL CUSTOM 1 SETTING
    FOCUS AREA
    FOCUS CHECK
    AF MODE
  • AF-C CUSTOM SETTINGS
  • FACE DETECTION ON/OFF
  • RIGHT/LEFT EYE SWITCH
  • SUBJECT DETECTION ON/OFF
    AF RANGE LIMITER
    FOCUS CHECK LOCK
  • DRIVE SETTING
  • SPORTS FINDER MODE
    PRE-SHOTES角
    SELF-TIMER
    PHOTOMETRY
  • SHUTTERTYPE
    FLICKER REDUCTION
    FLICKERLESS S.S. SETTING
    ISO AUTO SETTING

  • IS MODE
    DIGITAL TELE-CONV.

  • MULTI EXPOSURE
    WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
  • FLASH FUNCTION SETTING
  • TTL-LOCK
  • MODELING FLASH
    MOVIE RECORDING RELEASE
  • HIGH SPEED REC
    SELF-TIMER
  • FIX MOVIE CROP MAGNIFICATION
    IS MODE BOOST
    ZEBRA SETTING
  • INTERNAL/EXTERNAL MIC LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
    4ch AUDIO PLAYBACK
    MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL
    VIEW MODE SETTING
  • PREVIEW DEPTH OF FIELD
  • PREVIEW EXP./WB IN MANUAL MODE
  • NATURAL LIVE VIEW
    HISTOGRAM
  • ELECTRONIC LEVEL SWITCH
  • LARGE INDICATORS MODE
  • F-Log VIEW ASSIST
  • ZOOM/FOCUS CONTROL RING
  • CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (T)
  • CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (W)
  • MF CONSTANT SPEED FOCUS (N)
  • MF CONSTANT SPEED FOCUS (F)
    AE LOCK ONLY
  • AF LOCK ONLY

  • AE/AF LOCK
    AF-ON

  • AWB LOCK ONLY
    APERTURE SETTING
  • LOCK SETTING
    PERFORMANCE

  • AUTO IMAGE TRANSFER ORDER

  • Bluetooth ON/OFF
  • QUICK MENU
  • PLAYBACK
  • NONE

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Assigning Roles to the Lens Function Buttons - 1

  • To disable the function button, choose NONE.
  • Selected function lock is not available when CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (T) or CONSTANT SPEED ZOOM (W) is assigned to a lens function button (图305).

MEMO

Peripherals and Optional Accessories

Lenses

The camera can be used with lenses for the FUJIFILM X-mount.

Lens Parts

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lens Parts - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lens Parts - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lens Parts - 3

① Lens hood
② Mounting marks
③ Focus ring
④ Zoom ring
⑤ Aperture ring

(6) O.I.S. switch
⑦ Aperture mode switch
Lens signal contacts
⑨ Front lens cap
10 Rear lens cap

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lens Parts - 4

A XF18-55mmF2.8-4 R LM OIS lens is used here for illustrative purposes.

Lens Care

  • Use a blower to remove dust, then gently wipe with a soft, dry cloth. Any remaining stains can be removed by wiping gently with a piece of Fujifilm lens-cleaning paper to which a small amount of lens-cleaning fluid has been applied.
  • Replace the front and rear caps when the lens is not in use.

Removing Lens Caps

Remove lens caps as shown.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Removing Lens Caps - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Removing Lens Caps - 2

Lens caps may differ from those shown.

Attaching Lens Hoods

When attached, lens hoods reduce glare and protect the front lens element.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Attaching Lens Hoods - 1

Lenses with Aperture Rings

At settings other than A, you can adjust aperture by rotating the lens aperture ring (exposure modes A and M).

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lenses with Aperture Rings - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lenses with Aperture Rings - 2

  • Selecting ON for MOVIE OPTIMIZED CONTROL disables the aperture ring.
  • If COMMAND is selected for BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > APERTURE RING SETTING (A) when the aperture ring is set to A, aperture can be adjusted by rotating the command dials.

The Aperture Mode Switch

If the lens has an aperture mode switch, aperture can be adjusted manually by sliding the switch to and rotating the aperture ring.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Aperture Mode Switch - 1

Lenses with No Aperture Rings

The method used to adjust aperture can be selected using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > APERTURE SETTING. When an option other than AUTO is selected, aperture can be adjusted using the front command dial.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lenses with No Aperture Rings - 1

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lenses with No Aperture Rings - 2

Aperture control defaults to the front command dial, but can be reassigned to the rear command dial using 2 BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > COMMAND DIAL SETTING.

Lenses with O.I.S. Switches

If the lens supports optical image stabilization (O.I.S.), the image stabilization mode can be chosen in the camera menus. To activate image stabilization, slide the O.I.S. switch to ON.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Lenses with O.I.S. Switches - 1

Manual Focus Lenses

Slide the focus ring to the front for autofocus.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Manual Focus Lenses - 1

For manual focus, slide the focus ring to the back and rotate it while checking the results in the camera display. The focus distance and depth-of-field indicators can be used to assist manual focus.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Manual Focus Lenses - 2

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Manual Focus Lenses - 3

Note that manual focus may not be available in all shooting modes.

The Depth-of-Field Indicator

The depth-of-field indicator shows the approximate depth of field (the distance in front of and behind the focus point that appears to be in focus). The indicator is displayed in film format.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Depth-of-Field Indicator - 1

Power Zoom Lenses

Zoom can be adjusted on power zoom lenses using the zoom/ focus control ring, zoom button, or zoom ring.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Power Zoom Lenses - 1

Adjusting zoom while the lens is wet makes it easier for water to find its way inside the lens. Wipe any water from the lens before adjusting zoom.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Power Zoom Lenses - 2

A XF18-120mmF4 LM PZ WR lens is used here for illustrative purposes.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Power Zoom Lenses - 3

ControlDescription
① Zoom ringRotate the zoom ring to zoom in or out manually.
② Zoom/focus control ringRotate the zoom/focus control ring to zoom in or out using powered zoom. The zoom speed is proportional to the speed with which the ring is rotated.
③ Z/F (zoom/focus) buttonSwitch the role of zoom/focus control ring from focus to zoom or vice versa.
④ Zoom buttonsPress a zoom button to zoom in or out at a steady speed using powered zoom. Zoom ends when the button is pressed a second time.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Power Zoom Lenses - 4

  • The Z/F and zoom buttons can be assigned other roles using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > POWER ZOOM LENS FUNCTION (Fn) SETTING.
  • The speed at which zoom can be adjusted via the zoom buttons can be chosen using BUTTON/DIAL SETTING > LENS ZOOM/FOCUS SETTING.

External Flash Units

Use optional external flash units for flash photography. Some units support high-speed sync (FP) and can be used at shutter speeds faster than the flash sync speed, while others can function as commanders controlling remote units via optical wireless flash control.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - External Flash Units - 1

You may be unable to test-fire the flash in some circumstances, for example when a setup menu is displayed on the camera.

Red-Eye Removal

Red-eye removal is available when FLASH is selected for FLASH SETTING > RED EYE REMOVAL. Red-eye removal minimizes "red-eye" caused when light from the flash is reflected from the subject's retinas.

Flash Sync Speed

The flash will synchronize with the shutter at shutter speeds of 1250 s or slower.

Optional Flash Units from Fujifilm

The camera can be used with optional Fujifilm shoe-mounted flash units. Third-Party Flash Units

Do not use third-party flash units that apply over 300V to the camera hot shoe.

Flash Settings

1 Connect the unit to the camera.
2 In shooting mode, select FLASH FUNCTION SETTING in the (FLASH SETTING) menu tab. The options available vary with the flash unit.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Flash Settings - 1

MenuDescriptionimage
EF-X8Displayed when an optional EF-X8 flash unit is mounted on the hot shoe and raised.343
SYNC TERMINALAdjust settings for flash units connected via the sync terminal. SYNC TERMINAL is displayed if the EF-X8 is lowered and either no flash unit, or an incompatible flash unit, is mounted on the hot shoe.345
SHOE MOUNT FLASHDisplayed when an optional flash unit other than the EF-X8 is mounted on the hot shoe and turned on.346
COMMANDER (OPTICAL)Displayed if an optional flash unit functioning as a commander for Fujifilm optical wireless remote flash control is connected and turned on.349

3 Highlight items using the selector and rotate the rear command dial to change the highlighted setting.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Flash Settings - 2

4 Press DISP/BACK to put the changes into effect.

EF-X8

The following settings are available when an optional EF-X8 shoe-mounted flash unit is attached.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - EF-X8 - 1

SettingDescription
① Flash control modeChoose from the following options: ·TTL: TTL mode. Adjust flash compensation (②) and choose a flash mode (③). ·M: The flash fires at the selected output (②) regardless of subject brightness or camera settings. Output is expressed in fractions of full power, from 1/1 to 1/4. The desired results may not be achieved at low values if they exceed the limits of the flash control system; take a test shot and check the results. ·F5 (COMMANDER): Choose if the flash is being used to control remote syncsed flash units, for example as part of a studio flash system. ·OFF (OFF): The EF-X8 does not fire. Flash units connected via the sync terminal will still fire when the shutter is released, but can be disabled by lowering the EF-X8 and turning the units off in the flash settings menu.
② Flash compensation/outputAdjust flash level. The options available vary with the flash control mode (①).
③ Flash mode (TTL)Choose a flash mode for TTL flash control. The options avail-able vary with the shooting mode (P, S, A, or M) selected. • TTL (FLASH AUTO): The flash fires only as required; flash lev-el is adjusted according to subject brightness. A icon displayed when the shutter button is pressed halfway indi-cates that the flash will fire when the photo is taken. • TTL (STANDARD): The flash fires with every shot if possible; flash level is adjusted according to subject brightness. The flash will not fire if not fully charged when the shutter is released. • TTL (SLOW SYNC.): Combine the flash with slow shutter speeds when photographing portrait subjects against a backdrop of night scenery. The flash will not fire if not fully charged when the shutter is released.
④ SyncChoose whether the flash is timed to fire immediately after the shutter opens (FRONT/1ST CURTAIN) or immediately before it closes (REAR/2ND CURTAIN). 1ST CURTAIN is recommended in most circumstances.

SYNC TERMINAL

The following options are available when no compatible flash unit is connected or if a unit is connected via the sync terminal or uses only the X-contact on the hot shoe.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SYNC TERMINAL - 1

SettingDescription
① Flash control modeChoose from the following options: · M: A trigger signal is transmitted via the hot shoe X contacts when a picture is taken. Choose a shutter speed slower than the sync speed; even slower speeds may be required if the unit uses long flashes or has a slow response time. · ③OFF (OFF): The trigger signal is disabled.
② SyncChoose whether the flash is timed to fire immediately after the shutter opens (FRONT/1ST CURTAIN) or immediately before it closes (REAR/2ND CURTAIN). 1ST CURTAIN is recommended in most circumstances.

The Sync Terminal

Use the sync terminal to connect flash units that require a sync cable.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - The Sync Terminal - 1

SHOE MOUNT FLASH

The following options are available when an optional shoe-mounted flash unit is attached and turned on.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - SHOE MOUNT FLASH - 1

SettingDescription
① Flash control modeThe flash control mode selected with the flash unit. This can in some cases be adjusted from the camera; the options available vary with the flash. • TTL: TTL mode. Adjust flash compensation (②). • M: The flash fires at the selected output regardless of subject brightness or camera settings. Output in some cases can be adjusted from the camera (②). • MULTI: Repeating flash. Compatible shoe-mounted flash units will fire multiple times with each shot. • ③OFF (OFF): The flash does not fire. Some flash units can be turned off from the camera.
② Flash compensation/outputThe options available vary with flash control mode. • TTL: Adjust flash compensation (the full value may not be applied if the limits of the flash control system are exceeded). In the cases of the EF-X20, EF-20, and EF-42, the selected value is added to the value selected with the flash unit. • M/MULTI: Adjust flash output (compatible units only). Choose from values expressed as fractions of full power, from 1/1 (mode M) or 1/4 (MULTI) down to 1/512 in increments equivalent to 1/3 EV. The desired results may not be achieved at low values if they exceed the limits of the flash control system; take a test shot and check the results.
③ Flash mode (TTL)Choose a flash mode for TTL flash control. The options available vary with the shooting mode (P, S, A, or M) selected. • AUTO (FLASH AUTO): The flash fires only as required; flash level is adjusted according to subject brightness. A icon displayed when the shutter button is pressed halfway indicates that the flash will fire when the photo is taken. • TTL (STANDARD): The flash fires with every shot if possible; flash level is adjusted according to subject brightness. The flash will not fire if not fully charged when the shutter is released. • SLOW (SLOW SYNC.): Combine the flash with slow shutter speeds when photographing portrait subjects against a backdrop of night scenery. The flash will not fire if not fully charged when the shutter is released.
④ SyncControl flash timing. • FRONT (1ST CURTAIN): The flash fires immediately after the shutter opens (generally the best choice). • REAR (2ND CURTAIN): The flash fires immediately before the shutter closes. • (AUTO FP(HSS)): High-speed sync (compatible units only). The camera automatically engages front-curtain high-speed sync at shutter speeds faster than the flash sync speed. Equivalent to 1ST CURTAIN when MULTI is selected for flash control mode.
⑤ ZoomThe angle of illumination (flash coverage) for units that support flash zoom. Some units allow the adjustment to be made from the camera. If AUTO is selected, zoom will automatically be adjusted to match coverage to lens focal length.
⑥ LightingIf the unit supports this feature, choose from: • (FLASH POWER PRIORITY): Gain range by slightly reducing coverage. • (STANDARD): Match coverage to picture angle. • (EVEN COVERAGE PRIORITY): Slightly increase coverage for more even lighting.
⑦ LED lightChoose how the built-in LED light functions during still photography (compatible units only): as a catchlight (√/CATCHLIGHT), as an AF-assist illuminator (AF/AF ASSIST), or as both a catch-light and an AF-assist illuminator (AF/AF ASSIST+CATCHLIGHT). Choose OFF to disable the LED during photography.
⑦ Number of flashes*Choose the number of times the flash fires each time the shutter is released in MULTI mode.
⑧ Frequency*Choose the frequency at which the flash fires in MULTI mode. * Full value may not be applied if limits of flash control system are exceeded.

COMMANDER(OPTICAL)

The options will be displayed if the unit is currently functioning as a commander for Fujifilm optical wireless remote flash control.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COMMANDER(OPTICAL) - 1

Fujifilm optical wireless remote flash control offers a choice of four channels (Channels 1 through 4) for the exchange of optical signals between the commander and remote flash units. Separate channels can be used for different flash systems or to prevent interference when multiple systems are operating in close proximity.

The flash units can also be placed in up to three groups (A, B, and C) and flash mode and flash level adjusted separately for each group.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - COMMANDER(OPTICAL) - 2

SettingDescription
① Flash control mode (group A)Choose flash control modes for groups A, B, and C. TTL% is available for groups A and B only. • TTL: The units in the group fire in TTL mode. Flash compensation can be adjusted separately for each group. • TTL%: If TTL% is selected for either group A or B, you can specify the output of the selected group as a percentage of the other and adjust overall flash compensation for both groups. • M: In mode M, the units in the group fire at the selected output (expressed as a fraction of full power) regardless of subject brightness or camera settings. • MULTI: Choosing MULTI for any group sets all the units in all groups to repeating flash mode. All units will fire multiple times with each shot. • ④ OFF (OFF): If OFF is selected, the units in the group will not fire.
② Flash control mode (group B)
③ Flash control mode (group C)
④ Flash compensation/ output (group A)Adjust flash level for the selected group according to option selected for flash control mode. Note that the full value may not be applied if the limits of the flash control system are exceeded. • TTL: Adjust flash compensation. • M/MULTI: Adjust flash output. • TTL%: Choose the balance between groups A and B and adjust overall flash compensation.
⑤ Flash compensation/ output (group B)
⑥ Flash compensation/ output (group C)
⑦ Flash mode (TTL)Choose a flash mode for TTL flash control. The options available vary with the shooting mode (P, S, A, or M) selected. • TTL (FLASH AUTO): The flash fires only as required; flash level is adjusted according to subject brightness. A icon displayed when the shutter button is pressed halfway indicates that the flash will fire when the photo is taken. • TTL (STANDARD): The flash fires with every shot if possible; flash level is adjusted according to subject brightness. The flash will not fire if not fully charged when the shutter is released. • TTL (SLOW SYNC): Combine the flash with slow shutter speeds when photographing portrait subjects against a backdrop of night scenery. The flash will not fire if not fully charged when the shutter is released.
⑧ SyncControl flash timing. • FRONT (1ST CURTAIN): The flash fires immediately after the shutter opens (generally the best choice). • REAR (2ND CURTAIN): The flash fires immediately before the shutter closes. • (AUTO FP(HSS)): High-speed sync (compatible units only). The camera automatically engages front-curtain high-speed sync at shutter speeds faster than the flash sync speed. Equivalent to 1ST CURTAIN when MULTI is selected for flash control mode.
⑨ ZoomThe angle of illumination (flash coverage) for units that support flash zoom. Some units allow the adjustment to be made from the camera. If AUTO is selected, zoom will automatically be adjusted to match coverage to lens focal length.
⑩ LightingIf the unit supports this feature, choose from: • (FLASH POWER PRIORITY): Gain range by slightly reducing coverage. • (STANDARD): Match coverage to picture angle. • (EVEN COVERAGE PRIORITY): Slightly increase coverage for more even lighting.
⑪ CommanderChoose the group for units functioning as a commander for Fujilm optical wireless remote flash control in TTL, TTL%, or M mode. This option is available only with clip-on flash units that support Fujilm optical wireless remote flash control. • Gr A: Assign the commander to group A. • Gr B: Assign the commander to group B. • Gr C: Assign the commander to group C. • OFF: Output from the commander is held to a level that does not affect the final picture.
⑪ Number of flashesChoose the number of times the flash fires each time the shutter is released in MULTI mode.
⑫ ChannelChoose the channel used by the commander for communication with the remote flash units. Separate channels can be used for different flash systems or to prevent interference when multiple systems are operating in close proximity.
⑫ FrequencyChoose the frequency at which the flash fires in MULTI mode.

Handgrips

Using a handgrip makes the camera easier to hold.

The MHG-XT5 handgrip attaches to the tripod socket.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Handgrips - 1

MEMO

Technical Notes

Accessories from Fujifilm

The following optional accessories are available from Fujifilm. For the latest information on the accessories available in your region, check with your local Fujifilm representative or visit https://fujifilm-x.com/support/compatibility/c cameras/.

Rechargeable Li-ion batteries

NP-W235: Additional high-capacity NP-W235 rechargeable batteries can be purchased as required.

Dual battery chargers

BC-W235: The BC-W235 can charge up to two NP-W235 batteries at a time. At +25^ / +77^ , the batteries will charge in about 200 minutes. Using a device that supplies power with an outputs of 30 W or above reduces charging times to as little as 150 minutes.

Eye cups

EC-XH W/EC-XT L/EC-XT M/EC-XT S/EC-GFX: Attach viewfinder eyecups to prevent light leaking into the viewfinder window.

Remote releases

RR-100: Use to reduce camera shake or keep the shutter open during a time exposure (ø2.5 mm).

Stereo microphones

MIC-ST1: An external microphone for movie recording.

FUJINON lenses

XF-/XC-series lenses: Interchangeable lenses for use exclusively with the FUJIFILM X-mount.

FUJINON MKX-series lenses: Cinema lenses for the FUJIFILM X-mount.

Macro extension tubes

MCEX-11/16: Attach between the camera and the lens to shoot at high reproduction ratios.

Teleconverters

XF1.4XC WR: Increases the focal length of the compatible lenses by about 1.4×

XF2X TC WR: Increases the focal length of the compatible lenses by about 2.0x

Mount adapters

FUJIFILM M MOUNT ADAPTER: Allows the camera to be used with a wide selection of M-mount lenses.

Body caps

BCP-001: Cover the camera lens mount when no lens is attached.

Shoe-mounted flash units

EF-X500: In addition to manual and TTL flash control, this clip-on flash unit has a Guide Number of 50/164 (ISO 100, m/ft.) and supports FP (high-speed sync), allowing it to be used at shutter speeds that exceed the flash sync speed. Featuring support for the optional EF-BP1 battery pack and Fujilm optical wireless flash control, it can be used as a commander or remote flash unit for remote wireless flash photography.

EF-BP1: A battery pack for EF-X500 flash units. Takes up to 8 AA batteries.

EF-60: In addition to manual and TTL flash control, this clip-on flash unit has a Guide Number of 60/197 (ISO 100, m/ft.) and supports FP (high-speed sync), allowing it to be used at shutter speeds that exceed the flash sync speed. It can also be used as remote flash under the control of an optional EF-W1 wireless commander.

EF-W1: With support for the NAS* wireless communication standard developed by Nissin Japan, this wireless flash commander can be used with optional EF-60 clip-on flash units and other NAS-compliant units.

  • NAS is a registered trademark of Nissin Japan Ltd.

EF-X8: This compact, clip-on flash unit draws power from the camera has a Guide Number of approximately 8/26 (ISO 100, m/ft.) and can cover the angle of view of a 16 mm lens (equivalent to 24 mm in 35 mm format).

EF-42: This clip-on flash unit has a Guide Number of 42/137 (ISO 100, m/ft.) and supports manual and TTL flash control.

EF-X20: This clip-on flash unit has a Guide Number of 20/65 (ISO 100, m/ft.) and supports manual and TTL flash control.

EF-20: This clip-on flash unit has a Guide Number of 20/65 (ISO 100, m/ft.) and supports TTL flash control (manual flash control is not supported).

Handgrips

MHG-XT5: Makes the camera easier to hold. Pictures can be taken and batteries and memory cards inserted or removed with the camera still in its case.

Tripod grips

TG-BT1: Record movies, take photographs, or adjust zoom on compatible power zoom lenses while holding this Bluetooth tripod grip.

Grip belts

GB-001: Improves grip. Combine with a hand grip for more secure handling.

instax SHARE printers

SP-1/SP-2/SP-3: Connect via wireless LAN to print pictures on instax film.

Software for Use with Your Camera

The camera can be used with the following software. For the latest information on software available from Fujifilm, visit https://fujifilm-x.com/support/compatibility/c cameras/.

Smartphone Apps

Establish a wireless connection between your camera and a smartphone or tablet.

https://app.fujifilm-dsc.com/

RAW FILE CONVERTER EX powered by SILKYPIX

RAW FILE CONVERTER EX powered by SILKYPIX is RAW conversion software from Ichikawa Soft Laboratory Co., Ltd. View RAW pictures on your computer and convert them into other formats. RAW FILE CONVERTER EX powered by SILKYPIX is available free of charge from the Fujifilm website.

https://fujifilm-x.com/support/download/software/raw-file-converter-ex-powered-by-silkypix/

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - RAW FILE CONVERTER EX powered by SILKYPIX - 1

  • "RAW FILE CONVERTER EX powered by SILKYPIX" is supplied by Ichikawa Soft Laboratory Co., Ltd.
  • For information on when support will be available, visit: https://fujifilm-x.com/support/compatibility/software/raw-file-converter-ex-powered-by-silkypix/

Capture One Express for Fujifilm

View RAW pictures on your computer and convert them into other formats. Capture One Express for Fujifilm is available free of charge from Capture One A/S.

https://wwwcaptureone.com/products-plans/capture-one-express/fujifilm

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Capture One Express for Fujifilm - 1

Visit the website above for information on when support will be available.

Capture One for Fujifilm

Capture One for Fujifilm workflow software from Capture One A/S supports tethered shooting and the conversion of RAW pictures into other formats.

https://www.capTUREone.com/explore-features/fujifilm

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Capture One for Fujifilm - 1

Visit the website above for information on when support will be available.

FUJIFILM Tether Shooting Plug-in (Exclusively for Lightroom)

A plug-in for Adobe Lightroom Classic.

  • FUJIFILM Tether Shooting Plug-in PRO/FUJIFILM Tether Shooting Plug-in https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/adobe-photoshop-lightroom-tether-plugin/

FUJIFILM X Acquire

This computer application lets you connect to the camera via USB or Wi-Fi and automatically download photos to a specified folder as they are taken, or backup and restore the camera via USB.

https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/x-acquire/

When the camera is connected to a computer via USB, FUJIFILM X RAW STUDIO can use the camera's unique image processing engine to rapidly convert RAW files to create high-quality images in other formats.

https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/x-raw-studio/

FUJIFILM Pixel Shift Combiner

Computer software for combining pictures taken using pixel-shift multi-shot or reducing false colors (177).

https://fujifilm-x.com/products/software/pixel-shift-combiner/

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

  • Read Instructions: All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the appliance is operated.
  • Retain Instructions: The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.
  • Reed Warnings: All warnings on the appliance and in the operating instructions should be adhered to.
  • Follow Instructions: All operating and use instructions should be followed.

Installation

Power Sources: This video product should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your home, consult your appliance dealer or local power company. For video products intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions.

Grounding or Polarization: This video product is equipped with a polarized alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other). This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug.

Alternate Warnings: This video product is equipped with a three-wire grounding-type plug, a plug having a third (grounding) pin. This plug will only fit into a grounding-type power outlet. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the grounding type plug.

Overloading: Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.

Ventilation. Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation, to ensure reliable operation of the video product and to protect it from overheating, and these openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the video product on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface.

This video product should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer's instructions have been adhered to. This video product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register.

Attaches: Do not use attachments not recommended by the video product manufacturer as they may cause hazards.

Water and Moisture: Do not use this video product near water—for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool, and the like.

Power-Cord Protection: Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the appliance.

Accessories: Do not place this video product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The video product may fall, causing serious injury to a child or adult, and serious damage to the appliance. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer, or sold with the video product. Any mounting of the appliance should follow the manufacturer's instructions, and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer.

An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart combination to overturn.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Installation - 1

Antennas

Outdoor Antenna Grounding: If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the video product, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Section 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA No. 70, provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.

EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Antennas - 1
Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC ART 250. PART H)
Conductors (NE)SECTION 810-21)

Power Lines: An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits as contact with them might be fatal.

Use

Cleaning: Unplug this video product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning.

Object and Liquid Entry: Never push objects of any kind into this video product through openings as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the video product.

Lightning: For added protection for this video product receiver during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the video product due to lightning and power-line surges.

Service

Servicing: Do not attempt to service this video product yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.

Damage Requiring Service: Unplug this video product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:

  • When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged
  • If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the video product.
    If the video product has been exposed to rain or water.
  • If the video product has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.

If the video product does not operate normally follow the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the video product to its normal operation.

When the video product exhibits a distinct change in performance - this indicates a need for service.

Replacement Parts: When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or have the same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards.

Safety Check: Upon completion of any service or repairs to this video product, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the video product is in proper operating condition.

Be sure to read these notes before use

Safety Notes

  • Make sure that you use your camera correctly. Read these safety notes and your Basic Manual carefully before use.
    After reading these safety notes, store them in a safe place.

About the Icons

The icons shown below are used in this document to indicate the severity of the injury or damage that can result if the information indicated by the icon is ignored and the product is used incorrectly as a result.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 1

WARNING

This icon indicates that death or serious injury can result if the information is ignored.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 2

CAUTION

This icon indicates that personal injury or material damage can result if the information is ignored.

The icons shown below are used to indicate the nature of the instructions which are to be observed.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 3

Triangular icons tell you that this information requires attention ("Important").

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 4

Circular icons with a diagonal bar tell you that the action indicated is prohibited ("Prohibited").

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 5

Filled circles with an exclamation mark indicate an action that must be performed ("Required").

The symbols on the product (including the accessories) represent the following:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 6

AC

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 7

DC

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 8

Class II equipment (The construction of the product is double-insulated.)

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 9

WARNING

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WARNING - 1

Linplug from power socket

If a problem arises, turn the camera off, remove the battery, disconnect the USB cable, and unplug the AC power adapter. Continued use of the camera when it is emitting smoke, is emitting any unusual odor, or is in any other abnormal state can cause a fire or electric shock. Contact your Fujifilm dealer.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WARNING - 2

Do not allow water or foreign objects to enter the camera or connecting cables. Do not use the camera or connecting cables following ingress of fresh or salt water, milk, beverages, detergents, or other liquids. Should liquid find its way into the camera or connecting cables, turn the camera off, remove the battery, disconnect the USB cable, and disconnect and unplug the AC adapter. Continued use of the camera can cause a fire or electric shock. Contact your Fujifilm dealer.

WARNING
Do not use in the bathroom or showerDo not use the camera in the bathroom or shower. This can cause a fire or electric shock.
Do not disassembleNever attempt to change or take apart the camera (never open the case). Failure to observe this precaution can cause fire or electric shock.
Do not touch internal partsShould the case break open as the result of a fall or other accident, do not touch the exposed parts. Failure to observe this precaution could result in electric shock or in injury from touching the damaged parts. Remove the battery immediately, taking care to avoid injury or electric shock, and take the product to the point of purchase for consultation.
Do not change, heat or unduly twist or pull the connection cord and do not place heavy objects on the connection cord. These actions could damage the cord and cause a fire or electric shock. If the cord is damaged, contact your Fujifilm dealer. Do not use cables with bent connectors.
Do not place the camera on an unstable surface. This can cause the camera to fall or tip over and cause injury.
Never attempt to take pictures while in motion. Do not use the camera while walking or driving. This can result in you falling down or being involved in a traffic accident.
Do not touch any metal parts of the camera during a thunderstorm. This can cause an electric shock due to induced current from the lightning discharge.
Do not use the battery except as specified. Load the battery as shown by the indicator.
Do not disassemble, modify, or heat batteries. Do not drop, strike, or throw batteries or otherwise subject them to strong impacts. Do not use batteries that show signs of leaking, deformation, discoloration, or other abnormalities. Use only designated chargers to recharge rechargeable batteries and do not attempt to recharge non-rechargeable Li-ion or alkaline batteries. Do not short batteries or store them with metallic objects. Failure to observe these precautions could result in the batteries overheating, igniting, rupturing, or leaking, causing fire, burns, or other injury.
Use only batteries or AC power adapters specified for use with this camera. Do not use voltages other than the power supply voltage shown. The use of other power sources can cause a fire.
WARNING
If the battery leaks and fluid gets in contact with your eyes, skin or clothing, flush the affected area with clean water and seek medical attention or call an emergency number right away.
Do not use the charger to charge batteries other than those specified here. The supplied charger is for use only with batteries of the type supplied with the camera. Using the charger to charge conventional batteries or other types of rechargeable batteries can cause the battery to leak, overheat or burst.
Using a flash too close to a person's eyes may cause visual impairment. Take particular care when photographing infants and young children.
Do not remain in prolonged contact with hot surfaces. Do not leave one part of the body in contact with the product for prolonged periods while the product is on. Failure to observe this precaution could result in low-temperature burns, particularly during prolonged use, at high ambient temperatures, when HIGH is selected for AUTO POWER OFF TEMP, or with users who suffer from poor circulation or reduced sensation, in which case use of a tripod or similar precautions are recommended.
Do not use in the presence of flammable objects, explosive gases, or dust.
When carrying the battery, install it in a digital camera or keep it in the hard case. When storing the battery, keep it in the hard case. When discarding, cover the battery terminals with insulation tape. Contact with other metallic objects or batteries could cause the battery to ignite or burst.
Keep memory cards, hot shoes, and other small parts out of the reach of small children. Children may swallow small parts; keep out of reach of children. Should a child swallow a small part, seek medical attention or call emergency.
Keep out of reach of small children. Among the elements that could cause injury are the strap, which could become entangled about a child's neck, causing strangulation, and the flash, which could cause visual impairment.
Follow the directions of airline and hospital personnel. This product generates radio-frequency emissions that could interfere with navigational or medical equipment.
CAUTION
Do not use this camera in locations affected by oil fumes, steam, humidity or dust. This can cause a fire or electric shock.
Do not leave this camera in places subject to extremely high temperatures. Do not leave the camera in locations such as a sealed vehicle or in direct sunlight. This can cause a fire.
Do not place heavy objects on the camera. This can cause the heavy object to tip over or fall and cause injury.
Do not move the camera while the AC power adapter is still connected. Do not pull on the connection cord to disconnect the AC power adapter. This can damage the power cord or cables and cause a fire or electric shock.
Do not cover or wrap the camera or the AC power adapt-er in a cloth or blanket. This can cause heat to build up and distort the casing or cause a fire.
Do not use the plug if it is damaged or if it does not fit securely into the outlet. Failure to observe this pre-caution could result in fire or electric shock.
When you are cleaning the camera or you do not plan to use the camera for an extended period, remove the battery and disconnect and unplug the AC power adapter. Failure to do so can cause a fire or electric shock.
When charging ends, unplug the charger from the power socket. Leaving the charger plugged into the power socket can cause a fire.
When a memory card is removed, the card could come out of the slot too quickly. Use your finger to hold it and gently release the card. Injury could result to those struck by the ejected card.
Do not handle the memory card immediately after shooting. The memory card may be hot, resulting in burns. Wait for the card to cool before removing it from the camera.
Request regular internal testing and cleaning for your camera. Build-up of dust in your camera can cause a fire or electric shock. Contact your Fujifilm dealer to request internal cleaning every two years. Please note that this service is not free of charge.
Dispose of the product in accord with location regulations.
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
Batteries (battery pack or batteries installed) shall not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like.

The Battery and Power Supply

Note: Check the type of battery used in your camera and read the appropriate sections.

WARNING: Battery shall not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like.

The following describes the proper use of batteries and how to prolong their life. Incorrect use can shorten battery life or cause leakage, overheating, fire, or explosion.

Li-ion Batteries

Read this section if your camera uses a rechargeable Li-ion battery.

The battery is not charged at shipment. Charge the battery before use. Keep the battery in its case when not in use.

Notes on the Battery

The battery gradually loses its charge when not in use. Charge the battery one or two days before use.

Battery life can be extended by turning the camera off when not in use.

Battery capacity decreases at low temperatures; a depleted battery may not function when cold. Keep a fully charged spare battery in a warm place and exchange as necessary, or keep the battery in your pocket or other warm place and insert it in the camera only when shooting. Do not place the battery in direct contact with hand warmers or other heating devices.

Charging the Battery

The battery can be charged using the camera and supplied AC adapter or an optional BC-W235 dual battery charger. Charging times will increase at ambient temperatures below +10^(+50^) or above +35^(+95^) . Do not attempt to charge the battery at temperatures above +40^(+104^) ; at temperatures below +5^(+41^) , the battery will not charge.

Do not attempt to recharge a fully charged battery. The battery does not however need to be fully discharged before charging.

The battery may be warm to the touch immediately after charging or use. This is normal.

Battery Life

A noticeable decrease in the length of time the battery will hold a charge indicates that it has reached the end of its service life and should be replaced.

If the battery is left for long periods without charging, you may find that its quality degrades or that it no longer holds a charge. Charge the battery regularly.

Storage

If the camera will not be used for an extended period, store it at room temperature with the battery charged to approximately one half to 12 capacity.

If the camera will not be used for an extended period, remove the battery and store it in a dry place with an ambient temperature of from +15^ to +25^ (+59^ to +77^) . Do not store in locations exposed to extremes of temperature.

Cautions: Handling the Battery

  • Do not transport or store with metal objects such as necklaces or hairpins.
  • Do not expose to flame or heat.
  • Do not disassemble or modify.
  • Do not expose to low atmospheric pressures.
  • Use with designated chargers only.
  • Dispose of used batteries promptly.
  • Do not drop or subject to strong physical shocks.
  • Do not expose to water.
  • Keep the terminals clean.
  • The battery and camera body may become warm to the touch after extended use. This is normal.

Caution. Disposal

Dispose of used batteries in accord with local regulations. Attention should be drawn to the environmental aspects of battery disposal. Use the apparatus under moderate climate.

Do not mechanically crush or split batteries.

AC Power Adapters

The AC power adapter is for indoor use only.
- Be sure the cable is securely connected to the camera.
- Turn the camera off before disconnecting the adapter. Disconnect the adapter by the plug, not the cable.
- Do not disassemble.
- Do not expose to high heat and humidity.
- Do not subject to strong physical shocks.
- The adapter may hum or become hot to the touch during use. This is normal.
- If the adapter causes radio interference, reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

Using the Camera

  • Do not aim the camera at extremely bright light sources, including artificial light sources or natural light sources such as the sun in a cloudless sky. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the camera image sensor.
  • Strong sunlight focused through the viewfinder may damage the panel of electronic viewfinder (EVF). Do not aim the electronic viewfinder at the sun.

Take Test Shots

Before taking photographs on important occasions (such as at weddings or before taking the camera on a trip), take a test shot and view the results to ensure that the camera is functioning normally. FUJIFILM Corporation cannot accept liability for damages or lost profits incurred as a result of product malfunction.

Unless intended solely for personal use, images recorded using your digital camera system cannot be used in ways that infringe copyright laws without the consent of the owner. Note that some restrictions apply to the photographing of stage performances, entertainments, and exhibits, even when intended purely for personal use. Users are also asked to note that the transfer of memory cards containing images or data protected under copyright laws is only permissible within the restrictions imposed by those copyright laws.

Handling

To ensure that images are recorded correctly, do not subject the camera to impact or physical shocks while images are being recorded.

Liquid Crystal

In the event that the display is damaged, care should be taken to avoid contact with liquid crystal. Take the urgent action indicated should any of the following situations arise:

  • If liquid crystal comes in contact with your skin, clean the area with a cloth and then wash thoroughly with soap and running water.
    If liquid crystal enters your eyes, flush the affected eye with clean water for at least 15 minutes and then seek medical assistance.
  • If liquid crystal is swallowed, rinse your mouth thoroughly with water. Drink large quantities of water and induce vomiting, then seek medical assistance.

Although the display is manufactured using extremely high-precision technology, it may contain pixels that are always lit or that do not light. This is not a malfunction, and images recorded with the product are unaffected.

Trademark Information

Digital Split Image is a trademark or registered trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation. Digital Micro Prism is a trademark or registered trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation. The typefaces included herein are solely developed by DynaComware Taiwan Inc. Apple, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Mac OS X, OS X, macOS, Lightning and Apple ProRes are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S.A. and other countries. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries. Android is a trademark or registered trademark of Google LLC. Adobe, the Adobe logo, Photoshop, and Lightroom are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. Wi-Fi®, the Wi-Fi CERTIFIED logo, and Wi-Fi Protected Setup® are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance®. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Fujifilm is under license. The SDHC and SDXC logos are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. CFexpress is a trademark of the CFA (CompactFlash Association). The HDMI logo is a trademark or registered trademark of HDMI Licensing LLC. All other trade names mentioned in this manual are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Electrical Interference

This camera may interfere with hospital or aviation equipment. Consult with hospital or airline staff before using the camera in a hospital or on an aircraft.

Color Television Systems

NTSC (National Television System Committee) is a color television telecasting specification adopted mainly in the U.S.A., Canada, and Japan. PAL (Phase Alternation by Line) is a color television system adopted mainly in European countries and China.

Exif Print (Exif Version 2.32)

Exif Print is a newly revised digital camera file format in which information stored with photographs is used for optimal color reproduction during printing.

IMPORTANT NOTICE: Read Before Using the Software

Direct or indirect export, in whole or in part, of licensed software without the permission of the applicable governing bodies is prohibited.

Lenses and Other Accessories

  • Use a screw 4.5mm or shorter when attaching a tripod.
  • Fujilim will not be held liable for performance issues or damage caused by the use of third-party accessories.

NOTICES

To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture.

Please read the "Safety Notes" and make sure you understand them before using the camera.

Perchlorate Material—special handling may apply. See:

http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate

For Customers in the U.S.A.

Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE - 1

Contains IC: 10293A-WMBACBM25

Contains FCC ID: COF-WMBACBM25

FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Radiation Exposure Statement: This device meets the government's requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government.

The exposure standard for wireless device employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W / kg . Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands.

Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product must be used with a Fujilm-specified ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and DC supply cord.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE - 2

A lithium ion battery that is recyclable powers the product you have purchased. Please call 1-800-8-BATTERY for information on how to recycle this battery.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Tested To Comply With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE - 3

California Code of Regulations, Title 20, Division 2, Chapter 4, Article 4, Appliance Efficiency Regulations, Sections 1601 through 1609

For Customers in Canada

CANICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B)

CAUTION: This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Industry Canada statement: This device complies with Industry Canada's licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

This device and its antenna(s) must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter, except tested built-in radios. The County Code Selection feature is disabled for products marketed in the US/ Canada.

Radiation Exposure Statement: The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are associated with using low power wireless devices. There is no proof, however, that these low power wireless devices are absolutely safe. Low power Wireless devices emit low levels of radio frequency energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure of low-level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies of low-level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies have suggested that some biological effects might occur, but such findings have not been confirmed by additional research. X-T5 has been tested and found to comply with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules.

Operation in the band 5150-5250MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems.

Disposal of Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Private Households

In the European Union, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein: This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and/or on its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household waste. Instead it should be taken to an applicable collection point for the electrical and electronic equipment.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Disposal of Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Private Households - 1

By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences to the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product.

This symbol on the batteries or accumulators indicates that those batteries shall not be treated as household waste.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Disposal of Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Private Households - 2

If your equipment contains easy removable batteries or accumulators please dispose these separately according to your local requirements.

The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. For more detailed information about recycling this product, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.

In Countries Outside the European Union, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein: If you wish to discard this product, including the batteries or accumulators, please contact your local authorities and ask for the correct way of disposal.

In Japan: This symbol on the batteries indicates that they are to be disposed of separately.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Disposal of Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Private Households - 3

Caring for the Camera

To ensure continued enjoyment of the product, observe the following precautions.

Storage and Use

If the camera will not be used for an extended period, remove the battery and memory card. Do not store or use the camera in locations that are:

exposed to rain, steam, or smoke
- very humid or extremely dusty
exposed to direct sunlight or very high temperatures, such as in a closed vehicle on a sunny day
extremely cold
subject to strong vibration
exposed to strong magnetic fields, such as near a broadcasting antenna, power line, radar emitter, motor, transformer, or magnet
- in contact with volatile chemicals such as pesticides
- next to rubber or vinyl products

Wireless Network and Bluetooth Devices: Cautions

This product complies with the following EU Directives:

RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
RE Directive 2014/53/EU

Hereby, FUJIFILM Corporation declares that the radio equipment type FF220001 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.

The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:

https://dl.fujifilm-x.com/global/products/camerax/t5/pdf/x-t5_doc-ysk.pdf

The full text of the UK declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:

https://dl.fujifilm-x.com/en-gb/products/camerax/x-t5/pdf/x-t5_doc-ysk_uk.pdf

This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed on the product:

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Wireless Network and Bluetooth Devices: Cautions - 1

This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom products (e.g. Bluetooth®).

Maximum radio-frequency power (EIRP):

WLAN 2.4 GHz: 12.17 dBm

WLAN 5 GHz: 14.30 dBm

Bluetooth:3.69 dBm

IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera's built-in wireless transmitter.

This product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
- Use only a wireless network or Bluetooth device. Fujifilm does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than offered by wireless network or Bluetooth devices, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety and prevent malfunction.
- Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network and Bluetooth devices in the country in which it was purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. Fujilm does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
- Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic fields, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or in other locations subject to magnetic fields, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4 GHz band.
- The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands using DSSS, OFDM and GFSK modulation.
- Security: Wireless network and Bluetooth devices transmit data via radio and consequently their use requires greater attention to security than applies in the case of wired networks.

  • Do not connect to unknown networks or networks to which you do not have access rights, even if they are displayed on your device, as such access may be considered unauthorized. Connect only to networks to which you have access rights.
  • Be aware that wireless transmissions may be vulnerable to interception by third parties.
  • Do not connect this device directly to telecommunications networks (including public wireless LANs) operated by providers or mobile, landline, Internet, or other telecommunications services.

The following may be punishable by law:

Disassembly or modification or this device
- Removal of device certification labels

  • This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
  • To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confirm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device. Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately stop using the affected frequency or move the device to another location. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a Fujilm representative.

  • Do not use this device on board an aircraft. When on an aircraft, follow the instructions of airline personnel. Note that this product may emit radio-frequency radiation even when off. This can be prevented by selecting ON for AIRPLANE MODE in the network/USB setting menu before boarding.

  • Requirements in AT/BE/BG/CZ/DK/EE/FR/DE/IS/EI/ET/EL/ES/CY/LV/LI/LT/LU/HU/MT/NL/NO/PL/PT/RO/SI/SK/TR/FI/SE/CH/UK/HR. 5150 MHz-5350 MHz is for indoor use only.

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Information

SAR is measured with the device at 0mm to the body, while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the device. The maximum SAR value is 0.093W / kg (head/body) averaged over 10 gram of tissue.

U.K. Importer:

FUJIFILM UK Limited

Fujifilm House, Whitbread Way, Bedford, Bedfordshire, MK42 0ZE, United Kingdom

EU Importer:

FUJIFILM Electronic Imaging Europe GmbH

Fujistrasse 147533 Kleve, Germany

Be sure to read these notes before using the lens

Safety Notes

  • Make sure that you use the lens correctly. Read these safety notes and the camera Basic Manual carefully before use.
    After reading these safety notes, store them in a safe place.

About the Icons

The icons shown below are used in this document to indicate the severity of the injury or damage that can result if the information indicated by the icon is ignored and the product is used incorrectly as a result.

WARNINGThis icon indicates that death or serious injury can result if the information is ignored.
CAUTIONThis icon indicates that personal injury or material damage can result if the information is ignored.

The icons shown below are used to indicate the nature of the instructions which are to be observed.

Triangular icons tell you that this information requires attention ("Important").
Circular icons with a diagonal bar tell you that the action indicated is prohibited ("Prohibited").
Filled circles with an exclamation mark indicate an action that must be performed ("Required").

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - About the Icons - 1

WARNING

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WARNING - 1

Do not immerse

Do not immerse in or expose to water. Failure to observe this precaution can cause a fire or electric shock.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WARNING - 2

Do not
sassemble

Do not disassemble (do not open the case). Failure to observe this precaution can cause fire, electric shock, or injury due to product malfunction.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WARNING - 3

Do not touch internal parts

Should the case break open as the result of a fall or other accident, do not touch the exposed parts. Failure to observe this precaution could result in electric shock or in injury from touching the damaged parts. Remove the battery immediately, taking care to avoid injury or electric shock, and take the product to the point of purchase for consultation.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WARNING - 4

Do not place on unstable surfaces. The product may fall, causing injury.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WARNING - 5

Do not view the sun through the lens or camera viewfinders. Failure to observe this precaution can cause permanent visual impairment.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - WARNING - 6

CAUTION

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CAUTION - 1

Do not use or store in locations that are exposed to steam, or smoke or are very humid or extremely dusty. Failure to observe this precaution can cause fire or electric shock.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CAUTION - 2

Do not leave in direct sunlight or in locations subject to very high temperatures, such as in a closed vehicle on a sunny day. Failure to observe this precaution can cause fire.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CAUTION - 3

Keep out of the reach of small children. This product could cause injury in the hands of a child.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CAUTION - 4

Do not handle with wet hands. Failure to observe this precaution can cause electric shock.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CAUTION - 5

Keep the sun out of the frame when shooting backlit subjects. Sunlight focused into the camera when the sun is in or close to the frame can cause fire or burns.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CAUTION - 6

When the product is not in use, replace the lens caps and store out of direct sunlight. Sunlight focused by the lens can cause fire or burns.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - CAUTION - 7

Do not carry the camera or lens while they are attached to a tripod. The product can fall or strike other objects, causing injury.

Product Care

To ensure continued enjoyment of the product, observe the following precautions.

Camera body: Use a soft, dry cloth to clean the camera body after each use. Do not use alcohol, thinner, or other volatile chemicals, which could discolor or deform the leather on the camera body. Any liquid on the camera should be removed immediately with a soft, dry cloth. Use a blower to remove dust from the monitor, taking care to avoid scratches, and then gently wipe with a soft, dry cloth. Any remaining stains can be removed by wiping gently with a piece of Fujifilm lens-cleaning paper to which a small amount of lens-cleaning fluid has been applied. To prevent dust entering the camera, replace the body cap when no lens is in place.

Image sensor: Multiple photographs marred by spots or blotches in identical locations may indicate the presence of dust on the image sensor. Clean the sensor using ±b USER SETTING > SENSOR CLEANING.

Cleaning the Image Sensor

Dust that cannot be removed using ±b USER SETTING > SENSOR CLEANING can be removed manually as described below.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Cleaning the Image Sensor - 1

Note that there will be a charge to repair or replace the image sensor if it is damaged during cleaning.

1 Use a blower (not a brush) to remove dust from the sensor.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Cleaning the Image Sensor - 2

Do not use a brush or blower brush. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the sensor.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Cleaning the Image Sensor - 3

2 Check whether the dust has been successfully removed. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 as necessary.
3 Replace the body cap or lens.

Firmware Updates

Updates to product firmware may result in changes not described in the manual. For more information, visit: https://fujifilm-x.com/support/download/firmware/c cameras/

Checking the Firmware Version

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking the Firmware Version - 1

The camera will only display the firmware version if a memory card is inserted.

1 Turn the camera off and check that a memory card is inserted.
2 Turn the camera on while pressing the DISP/BACK button. The current firmware version will be displayed; check the firmware version.
3 Turn the camera off.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Checking the Firmware Version - 2

To view the firmware version or update firmware for optional accessories such as interchangeable lenses, shoe-mounted flash units, and mount adapters, mount the accessories on the camera.

Troubleshooting

Consult the table below should you encounter problems using your camera. If you don't find the solution here, contact your local Fujifilm distributor.

Power and Battery

ProblemSolution
The camera does not turn on.·The battery was not charged before first use: The battery is not charged at shipment. Charge the battery before first use (42). ·The battery is exhausted: Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery (42). ·The battery is inserted incorrectly: Reinsert in the correct orientation (36). ·The battery-chamber cover is not latched: Latch the battery-chamber cover (36).
The monitor does not turn on.The monitor may not turn on if the camera is turned off and then on again very quickly. Keep the shutter button pressed halfway until the monitor activates.
The battery runs down quickly.·The battery is cold: Warm the battery by placing it in a pocket or other warm place and reinsert it in the camera immediately before taking a picture. ·There is dirt on the battery terminals: Clean the terminals with a soft, dry cloth. ·ON is selected for AF/MF SETTING > PRE-AF: Turn PRE-AF off (149). ·The battery has been charged many times: Select BATTERY AGE to view the battery age; if the battery is old, replace it with a new battery (276).
The camera turns off suddenly.The battery is exhausted: Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery (42).
The camera does not turn off.The camera may be busy. Check the indicator lamp (9).
Charging does not start.·Make sure that the AC power adapter is correctly plugged in (☐ 42). ·Ensure that the plug adapter is correctly connected to the AC power adapter (☐ 42). ·The battery has not been recharged for an extended period: If the battery has not been charged for an extended period, charging will be disabled to ensure safety. Replace it with a new battery.
Charging does not start (USB).·Insert the camera battery (☐ 36). ·Reinsert the camera battery in the correct orientation (☐ 36). ·Confirm that the camera is connected to the computer (☐ 45). ·If the computer is off or in sleep mode, turn on or wake the computer and disconnect and reconnect the USB cable (☐ 45).
Charging does not start (battery charger).·Insert the battery. ·Reinsert the battery in the correct orientation. ·The AC adapter is not correctly connected to the charger. Check that adapter is correctly connected to the charger.
Charging is slow.Charge the battery at room temperature.
The indicator lamp blinks, but the battery does not charge.·There is dirt on the battery terminals: Clean the terminals with a soft, dry cloth (◎36). ·The battery has been charged many times: Select BATTERY AGE to view the battery age; if the battery is old, replace it with a new battery (◎276). If the battery still fails to charge, contact your Fujifilm dealer (◎356).
The power supply icon is not displayed.Confirm that POWER SUPPLY ON/COMM OFF is se- lected for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING (◎270).

Menu and Displays

ProblemSolution
Display is not in English.Select ENGLISH for √USER SETTING > √ 言語/LANG. (国50,275).

Shooting

ProblemSolution
No picture is taken when the shutter button is pressed.The memory card is full: Insert a new memory card or delete pictures (38, 230). The memory card is not formatted: Format the memory card in the camera (272). There is dirt on the memory card contacts: Clean the contacts with a soft, dry cloth. The memory card is damaged: Insert a new memory card (38). The battery is exhausted: Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery (42). The camera has turned off automatically: Turn the camera on (46). You are using a third-party mount adapter: Select ON for SHOOT WITHOUT LENS (299).
Mottling ("noise") appears in the monitor or viewfinder when the shutter button is pressed halfway.Gain is increased to aid composition when the subject is poorly lit and aperture is stopped down, which may result in noticeable mottling when images are previewed in the displays. Images taken with the camera are unaffected.
The camera does not focus.The subject is not suited to autofocus: Use focus lock or manual focus (101). The focus area is too small for the intended subject: Increase the size of the focus area by a couple of steps (88).
No panorama is recorded when the shutter button is pressed.The indicator lamp was orange when you attempted to record a panorama: Wait until the indicator lamps turns off (☑ 9).
No face is detected.· The subject's face is obscured by sunglasses, a hat, long hair, or other objects: Remove the obstructions (☑ 151).· The subject's face occupies only a small area of the frame: Change the composition so that the subject's face occupies a larger area of the frame (☑ 151).· The subject's face is turned away from the camera: Ask the subject to face the camera (☑ 151).· FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING is off: Turn ☐ FACE/EYE DETECTION SETTING on (☑ 151).· The camera is tilted: Keep the camera level.· The subject's face is poorly lit: Shoot in better light.
No subject is detected.· The subject is partially hidden: Choose a vantage point where you can see as much of the subject as possible (☑ 153).· The subject occupies only a small portion of the frame: Get closer to your subject so it occupies more of the frame (☑ 153).· OFF is selected for SUBJECT DETECTION SETTING: Select SUBJECT DETECTION ON (☑ 153).· The subject is poorly lit: Shoot in better light.
The flash does not fire.·The flash is disabled: Adjust settings (☑ 180). ·The electronic shutter is enabled: Choose a SHUTTERTYPE that does not use the electronic shutter (☑ 170). ·The battery is exhausted: Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery (☑ 42). ·The camera is in bracketing or continuous mode: Select single frame mode (☑ 6).
The flash does not fully light the subject.·The subject is not in range of the flash: Position the subject in range of the flash. ·The flash window is obstructed: Hold the camera correctly. ·Shutter speed is faster than the sync speed: Choose a slower shutter speed (☑ 74, 80, 398).
Pictures are blurred.The lens is dirty: Clean the lens. The lens is blocked: Keep objects away from the lens (◎ 54). !AF is displayed during shooting and the focus frame is displayed in red: Check focus before shooting (◎ 55).
Pictures are mottled.Shutter speed is slow and the ambient temperature is high: This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. * Use pixel mapping (◎ 133). * X-rays, cosmic rays, and other forms of radiation interacting with the image sensor may cause bright spots of various colors such as white, red, and blue. Pixel mapping helps reduce the occurrence of such bright spots. The camera has been used continuously at high temperatures: Turn the camera off and wait for it to cool down (◎ 46, 393). A temperature warning is displayed: Turn the camera off and wait for it to cool down (◎ 46, 393).

Playback

ProblemSolution
Pictures are grainy.The pictures were taken with a different make or model of camera.
Playback zoom is unavailable.The pictures were created using RESIZE or with a different make or model of camera.
No sound in movie playback.•Playback volume is too low: Adjust playback volume (☐ 281). •The microphone was obstructed: Hold the camera correctly during recording. •The speaker is obstructed: Hold the camera correctly during playback.
Selected pictures are not deleted.Some of the pictures selected for deletion are protected. Remove protection using the device with which it was originally applied (☐ 234).
Pictures remain after ERASE > ALL FRAMES is selected.
File numbering is unexpectedly reset.The battery-chamber cover was opened while the camera was on. Turn the camera off before opening the battery-chamber cover (☐ 308).

Connections

ProblemSolution
The monitor is blank.The camera is connected to a TV: Pictures will be displayed on the TV instead of in the camera monitor (57).
Both the TV and camera monitor are blank.The display mode selected with the VIEW MODE button is EVF ONLY + Schematic: Put your eye to the viewfinder. Use the VIEW MODE button to choose another display mode (16).
No picture or sound on TV.The camera is not properly connected: Connect the camera properly (57).Input on the television is set to "TV": Set input to "HDMI" (57).The volume on the TV is too low: Use the controls on the television to adjust the volume (57).
The computer does not recognize the camera.Be sure the camera and computer are correctly connected (255).
FUJIFILM X RAW STUDIO or FUJIFILM X Acquire fails to correctly detect the camera.Check the option selected for CONNECTION MODE on the camera. Select USB RAW CONV./BACKUP RESTORE before connecting the USB cable (263).
Cannot connect to iPhones or iPads.POWER SUPPLY ON/COMM OFF is selected for USB POWER SUPPLY/COMM SETTING. Select POWER SUPPLY OFF/COMM ON when the camera is connected via a Lightning connection to a device that do not supply power (270).
Cannot connect to smartphone.Confirm that the camera is correctly connected: The procedure for connecting the camera varies with the type of connector with which the smartphone is equipped (252).

Wireless Transfer

For additional information on troubleshooting wireless connections, visit:

https://digitalcamera-support-en.fujifilm.com/

ProblemSolution
Cannot connect to smartphone. The camera is slow to connect or upload pictures to the smartphone. Upload fails or is interrupted.·The smartphone is too far away: Move the devices closer (图249). ·Nearby devices are causing radio interference: Move the camera and smartphone away from microwave ovens or cord-less phones (图249).
Cannot upload images.·The smartphone is connected to another device: The smartphone and camera can connect to only one device at a time. End the connection and try again (图249). ·There are several smartphones in the vicinity: Try connecting again. The presence of multiple smartphones can make connection difficult (图249). ·The image was created on another device: The camera may not be able to upload images created on other devices. ·The image is a movie: Uploading movies takes some time. In addition, smartphones may not accept upload of movies in formats they do not support.
Smartphone will not display pictures.Select ON for Bluetooth/SMARTPHONE SETTING > RESIZE IMAGE FOR SMARTPHONE. Selecting OFF increases upload times for larger images; in addition, some phones may not display images over a certain size (图266).

Miscellaneous

ProblemSolution
The camera is unresponsive.·Temporary camera malfunction: Remove and reinsert the battery (☐ 36). ·The battery is exhausted: Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery (☐ 42). ·The camera is connected to a wireless LAN: End the connection. ·The controls are locked: Press and hold the MENU/OK button to unlock the controls (☐ 13, 15).
The camera does not function as expected.Remove and reinsert the battery (☐ 36). If the problem persists, contact your Fujifilm dealer.
No sound.Adjust the volume (☐ 278).
Pressing the Q button does not display the quick menu.TTL-LOCK is active: End TTL-LOCK (☐ 181).

Warning Messages and Displays

The following warnings appear in the display.

WarningDescription
□ (red)Low battery. Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery.
□ (blinks red)Battery exhausted. Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery.
!AF (displayed in red with red focus frame)The camera cannot focus. Use focus lock to focus on another subject at the same distance, then recompose the picture.
Aperture or shutter speed displayed in redThe subject is too bright or too dark and the picture will be over- or under-exposed. Use the flash for additional light-ing when taking photographs of poorly-lit subject.
FOCUS ERRORCamera malfunction. Turn the camera off, remove the lens, and check for foreign matter between the lens and the camera body, then replace the lens and turn the camera on. If the problem persists, contact a Fujilm dealer.
LENS CONTROL ERROR
TURN OFF THE CAMERA AND TURN ON AGAIN
CARD NOT INITIALIZED· The memory card is not formatted or the memory card has been formatted in a computer or other device: Format the memory card using ⓷ USER SETTING > FORMAT. · The memory card contacts require cleaning: Clean the contacts with a soft, dry cloth. If the message is repeated, format the card. If the message persists, replace the card. · Camera malfunction: Contact a Fujilm dealer.
LENS ERRORTurn the camera off, remove the lens, and check for foreign matter between the lens and the camera body, then replace the lens and turn the camera on. If the problem persists, contact a Fujifilm dealer.
CARD ERROR·The memory card is not formatted for use in the camera: Format the card. ·The memory card contacts require cleaning or the memory card is damaged: Clean the contacts with a soft, dry cloth. If the message is repeated, format the card. If the message persists, replace the card. ·Incompatible memory card: Use a compatible card. ·Camera malfunction: Contact a Fujifilm dealer.
PROTECTED CARDThe memory card is locked. Unlock the card.
BUSYThe memory card is incorrectly formatted. Use the camera to format the card.
MEMORY FULLThe memory card is full and pictures cannot be recorded. Delete pictures or insert a memory card with more free space.
WRITE ERROR·Memory card error or connection error: Reinsert the card or turn the camera off and then on again. If the message persists, contact a Fujilm dealer. ·Not enough memory remaining to record additional pictures: Delete pictures or insert a memory card with more free space. ·The memory card is not formatted: Format the memory card. ·The memory card was removed while data were being recorded: Do not remove the memory card during recording. ·The memory card write speed is slow: When recording movies, be sure the memory card write speed is fast enough.
FRAME NO. FULLThe camera has run out of frame numbers (current frame number is 999-9999). Insert a formatted memory card and select RENEW for SAVE DATA SET-UP > FRAME NO.. Take a picture to reset frame numbering to 100-0001, then select CONTINUOUS for FRAME NO..
READ ERROR·The file is corrupt or was not created with the camera: The file cannot be viewed. ·The memory card contacts require cleaning: Clean the contacts with a soft, dry cloth. If the message is repeated, format the card. If the message persists, replace the card. ·Camera malfunction: Contact a Fujilm dealer.
PROTECTED FRAMEAn attempt was made to delete or rotate to a protected picture. Remove protection and try again.
CAN NOT CROPThe picture is damaged or was not created with the camera.
DPOF FILE ERRORPrint orders can contain no more than 999 pictures. Copy any additional pictures you wish to print to another memory card and create a second print order.
CAN NOT SET DPOFThe picture cannot be printed using DPOF.
CAN NOT SET DPOFMovies cannot be printed using DPOF.
CAN NOT ROTATEThe selected picture cannot be rotated.
CAN NOT ROTATEMovies cannot be rotated.
CANNOT EXECUTEThe selected operation is not supported: Check whether the picture was recorded with a different model of camera.
CANNOT EXECUTE
(yellow)The camera is approaching the maximum temperature al-owed when STANDARD is selected for AUTO POWER OFF TEMP. and will shortly turn off automatically. Turn the camera off and wait for it to cool.
CAMERA IS APPROACHING
STANDARD
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
(yellow)The camera is approaching the maximum temperature allowed when HIGH is selected for AUTO POWER OFF TEMP. and will shortly turn off automatically. Remaining in contact with the camera could result in low-temperature burns; mount the camera on a tripod or take other steps to avoid prolonged contact with the camera. The camera will shortly turn off automatically. Turn the camera off and wait for it to cool. Mottling may increase in pictures taken when this warning is displayed.
CAMERA IS APPROACHING
HIGH TEMPER-ATURE LIMIT.DO NOT
HOLD CAMERA FOR
LONG PERIODS OF TIME
(red)The camera temperature has reached the cutoff point and the camera is about to turn off automatically. Turn the cam-era off and wait for it to cool. Mottling may increase in pic-tures taken when this warning is displayed.
HIGH TEMPERATURE
LIMIT REACHED
SHUTTING DOWN

Memory Card Capacity

The following table shows the recording time or number of pictures available at different image sizes. All figures are approximate; file size varies with the scene recorded, producing wide variations in the number of files that can be stored. The number of exposures or length remaining may not diminish at an even rate.

CapacitySD memory cards 64 GB
FINENORMAL
Photos3:226603980
RAW (UNCOMPRESSED)730
RAW (LOSSLESS COMPRESSED)1380
RAW (COMPRESSED)1950
Movies*216216079 minutes
108079 minutes
  • Assumes default bit rate.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Memory Card Capacity - 1

  • The types of memory cards suitable for movie recording vary with the settings selected (图68).
  • Shots over an hour in length may be recorded across multiple files without interruption. In addition, movies over 4 GB in size will be recorded uninterrupted across multiple files to SD memory cards with capacities 32 GB or less.

Specifications

System

Model FUJIFILM X-T5

Product Number FF220001

Effective pixels Approx. 40.2 million

Image sensor 23.5 mm × 15.7 mm (APS-C), X-Trans CMOS 5 HR sensor with primary color filter

Storage media Fujifilm-recommended SD/SDHC/SDXC memory cards

Memory card slots Two SD memory card slots (UHS-II compliant)

File system • Still pictures: Compliant with DCF 2.0

  • Compressed: Exif 2.32 JPEG-baseline compliant; DPOF compliant; HEIF compliant (4:2:2, 10-bit)
  • Uncompressed or compressed using a reversible or non-reversible algorithm: RAW (original RAF format; special-purpose software required); RAW+JPEG available; TIFF (RGB)
    Movies: Compliant with HEVC/H.265, and H.264
    Audio (including voice memos):

  • LPCM (two channels: 24-bit, 48 kHz sampling)

  • AAC (MP4 recordings only)

Audio (via XLR microphone adapter):

  • LPCM (two channels: 24-bit, 48 kHz sampling; four channels: 24-bit, 48 kHz sampling)
    AAC (MP4 recordings only; two channels: 16-bit, 48 kHz sampling)
System
Image sizeL 3:2 (7728 × 5152)L 4:3 (6864 × 5152)
L 16:9 (7728 × 4344)L 5:4 (6432 × 5152)
L 1:1 (5152 × 5152)
M 3:2 (5472 × 3648)M 4:3 (4864 × 3648)
M 16:9 (5472 × 3080)M 5:4 (4560 × 3648)
M 1:1 (3648 × 3648)
S 3:2 (3888 × 2592)S 4:3 (3456 × 2592)
S 16:9 (3888 × 2184)S 5:4 (3264 × 2592)
S 1:1 (2592 × 2592)
RAW (7872 × 5196)TIFF (7728 × 5152)
L panorama: vertical (2160 × 9600)/horizontal (9600 × 1440)
M panorama: vertical (2160 × 6400)/horizontal (6400 × 1440)
Lens mountFUJIFILM X mount
Sensitivity• Still pictures: Standard output sensitivity equivalent to ISO 125-12800 in increments of 1/3 EV; AUTO 1-3; extended output sensitivity equivalent to ISO 64, 80, 100, 25600, or 51200 • Movies: Standard output sensitivity equivalent to ISO 125-12800 in increments of 1/3 EV; AUTO; extended output sensitivity equiv-alent to ISO 25600
Metering256-segment through-the-lens (TTL) metering; MULTI, SPOT, AVERAGE, CENTER WEIGHTED
Exposure controlProgrammed AE (with program shift); shutter-priority AE; aperture-priority AE; manual exposure
Exposure compensation• Still pictures: -5 EV-+5 EV in increments of 1/3 EV • Movies: -2 EV-+2 EV in increments of 1/3 EV

System

Shutter speed

  • MECHANICAL SHUTTER, E-FRONT CURTAIN SHUTTER, E-FRONT + MECHANICAL

  • Modes P and A: 30 s to 1/8000 s

  • Modes S and M: 15 min. to 18000 s
    Bulb: Max. 60 min.

  • ELECTRONIC SHUTTER

  • Modes P and A: 30 s to 1V180000 s

  • Modes S and M: 15 min. to 1180000 s
  • Bulb: Fixed at 1 s

  • MECHANICAL + ELECTRONIC, E-FRONT + MECHANICAL + ELECTRONIC

  • Modes P and A: 30 s to 1th 80000 s

  • Modes S and M: 15 min. to 1180000 s
    Bulb: Max. 60 min.

Continuous

CONTINUOUS MODEAvailable frame advance rates (JPEG)
20fps(1.29X CROP)¹20
13fps(1.29X CROP)¹13
10fps(1.29X CROP)¹10
15fps²15
10fps³10
7.0fps⁴7.0
5.0fps5.0
3.0fps3.0

1 Available with electronic shutter only.
2 13 fps with electronic shutter.
3 8.9 fps with electronic shutter.
4 6.7 fps with electronic shutter.

The frame rate and number of frames per burst varies with shooting conditions and type of memory card used.

Focus

Mode: Single or continuous AF; manual focus with focus ring
- Autofocus system: Intelligent hybrid AF (TTL contrast-detect/ phase-detection AF)
- Focus-area selection: SINGLE POINT, ZONE, WIDE/TRACKING, ALL

System
White balanceAuto (WHITE PRIORITY, AUTO, AMBIENCE PRIORITY), Custom 1, Custom 2, Custom 3, color temperature selection, direct sunlight, shade, daylight fluorescent, warm white fluorescent, cool white fluorescent, incandescent, underwater
Self-timer• Still pictures: Off, 2 sec., 10 sec. • Movies: Off, 3 sec., 5 sec., 10 sec.
Flash mode• MODE: TTL MODE (FLASH AUTO, STANDARD, SLOW SYNC.), MANUAL, MULTI, OFF • SYNC. MODE: 1ST CURTAIN, 2ND CURTAIN, AUTO FP (high-speed sync) • RED EYE REMOVAL: FLASH, OFF
Hot shoeProvided (supports TTL flash control); supports sync speeds as fast as 1/250 s
Sync contactX contact; supports sync speeds as fast as 1/250 s
Sync terminalProvided
Electronic viewfinder (EVF)0.5-in., 3690k-dot OLED viewfinder; magnification 0.80× with 50 mm lens (35 mm format equivalent) at infinity and diopter set to -1.0 m-1; diagonal angle of view approximately 39° (horizontal angle of view approximately 32°) • Diopter adjustment: -5 to +3 m-1 • Eyepoint: Approximately 24 mm
LCD monitor3.0-in/7.6 cm, 1840k-dot color LCD touch screen with 3-way tilt
Movies (with stereo sound)• Movie size: 42K 16:9, 43K 16:9, 44K 17:9, 4K 16:9, DQ 17:9, HD 16:9, FHD 17:9 • Frame rate: 59.94P, 50P, 29.97P, 25P, 24P, 23.98P • Recording/output format: - H.265 (10-bit MOV 4:2:2/4:2:0; 360, 200, 100, or 50 Mbps) - H.264 (8-bit MOV/MP4 4:2:0; 360, 200, 100, or 50Mbps) - HDMI output supported (RAW output supported with Atomos and Blackmagic Design external recorders; 8-bit 4:2:2/10-bit 4:2:2)

System

High-speed movies Movie size: FRD 16:9, FRD 17:9
- Frame advance rate: 240P, 200P, 120P, 100P

Input/output terminals

Microphone connector 3.5mm mini-stereo jack

Headphone jack socket The USB connector can be converted to a headphone jack using the supplied headphone adapter

Remote release connector 2.5mm 3-pole mini jack

Digital input/output USB connector (Type-C) USB3.2 Gen2x1

HDMI output HDMI Micro connector (type D)

Power supply/other

Power supply

NP-W235 rechargeable battery (supplied with camera)

Battery life

  • Battery type: NP-W235
    Lens:XF35mmF1.4R
  • External flash units: Disabled
  • Shooting mode: Mode P

Number of shots

PERFORMANCELCDEVF
BOOST1Approx. 570Approx. 500
NORMALApprox. 580Approx. 590
ECONOMYApprox. 740Approx. 670

Total length of footage that can be recorded on a single charge

ModeActual battery life of movie captureContinuance battery life of movie capture
62K2Approx. 90 minutesApprox. 130 minutes
4K3Approx. 80 minutesApprox. 130 minutes
FFD3Approx. 90 minutesApprox. 150 minutes
High-speed movies4Approx. 100 minutes-

1 EVF FRAME RATE PRIORITY (100P) selected EVF/LCD BOOST SETTING.

2 At a frame rate of 29.97 fps.
3 At a frame rate of 59.94 fps.
4 At a frame rate of 120 fps.

CIPA standard. Measured using battery supplied with camera and SD memory card.

Note: Battery endurance varies with battery charge level and the figures given above are not guaranteed. Battery endurance will decline at low temperatures.

Power supply/other

Camera size 129.5 mm × 91 mm × 63.8 mm (37.9 mm excluding projections, W × H × D) measured at thinnest part)/5.1 in. × 3.58 in. × 2.51 in. (1.49 in.)

Camera weight Approx. 476 g/16.8 oz., excluding battery, accessories, and memory card

Shooting weight Approx. 557 g/19.6 oz., including battery and memory card

Operating conditions - Temperature: -10^ to +40^ / + 14^ to +104^ (+5^ to +40^ / + 41^ to +104^ when battery is charging)

Humidity: 10% to 80% (no condensation)

Wireless transmitter

Wireless LAN

Standards IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac (standard wireless protocol)

Operating frequency - Israel, Indonesia (center frequency) : 2,412 MHz-2,462 MHz (11 channels)

USA, Canada, Brazil, China, India, Korea, Malaysia

:2,412 MHz-2,462 MHz (11 channels)

:5,180 MHz-5,320 MHz (W52,W53)

:5,745 MHz-5,825 MHz (UNII-3)

European Union, Japan, United Kingdom, Australia, Norway, New Zealand, Turkey, Hong Kong, Philippines, Vietnam, Singapore, Thailand, UAE, Russia, Taiwan, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Bahrain, Oman, Egypt, Iran, Kuwait, Lebanon, Uzbekistan

:2,412 MHz-2,462 MHz (11 channels)

:5,180 MHz-5,320 MHz (W52,W53)

:5,500 MHz-5,700 MHz (W56)

Access protocols Infrastructure

Bluetooth

Standards Bluetooth version 4.2 (Bluetooth Low Energy)

Operating frequency 2,402 MHz-2,480 MHz (center frequency)

NP-W235 rechargeable battery

Nominal voltage7.2 V
Nominal capacity2350 mAh
Rating capacity2200 mAh
Operating temperature0 °C to +40 °C/+32 °F to +104 °F
Dimensions (W×H×D)38.92 mm × 22.8 mm × 52.26 mm/1.5 in. × 0.9 in. × 2.1 in.
WeightApprox. 79 g/2.8 oz.

AC-5VJ AC power adapter

ManufacturerDongguan Yingiu Power Co.,Ltd.
AddressNo.6 Yongxing Road, Shayao Village, Shijie Town, 523292 Dongguan City, Guangdong Province, PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
Model nameAC-5VJ
Rated input100 V – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Input capacityMax. 50 VA
Rated outputDC5.0V 3.0A 15.0W
Average active efficiency84.8 %
Efficiency at load 10%84.2 %
No-load power consumption0.02 W
Operating temperature0 °C to +40 °C/+32 °F to +104 °F
WeightApprox. 45 g ± 2 g/1.6 oz. ± 0.1 oz.

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - Bluetooth - 1

Specifications and performance are subject to change without notice. Fujilm will not be held liable for any errors this manual may contain. The appearance of the product may differ from that described in this manual.

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

FUJIFILM

FUJIFILM Corporation

Wi-Fi PROTECTED SETUP

Exif Print

HOMI® HIGH DEFINITION MULTIMEDIA INTERFACE

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FUJIFILM Corporation - 1

Bluetooth

FUJIAPN HYBRIDEX-1T5 - FUJIFILM Corporation - 2

Table of contents Cliquez un titre pour y accéder
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : FUJIAPN

Model : HYBRIDEX-1T5

Category : Digital Camera